Sema.h revision ab41fe914f63bb470dfa7e400876ada72f57a931
1//===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and 11// builds ASTs. 12// 13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 16#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 17 18#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h" 19#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h" 20#include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h" 21#include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h" 22#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 23#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h" 24#include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h" 25#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h" 26#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h" 27#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 28#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" 29#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" 30#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 31#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 32#include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h" 33#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" 34#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" 35#include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h" 36#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h" 37#include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h" 38#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" 39#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h" 40#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" 41#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" 42#include <deque> 43#include <string> 44 45namespace llvm { 46 class APSInt; 47 template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo; 48 template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet; 49 class SmallBitVector; 50} 51 52namespace clang { 53 class ADLResult; 54 class ASTConsumer; 55 class ASTContext; 56 class ASTMutationListener; 57 class ASTReader; 58 class ASTWriter; 59 class ArrayType; 60 class AttributeList; 61 class BlockDecl; 62 class CXXBasePath; 63 class CXXBasePaths; 64 class CXXBindTemporaryExpr; 65 typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath; 66 class CXXConstructorDecl; 67 class CXXConversionDecl; 68 class CXXDestructorDecl; 69 class CXXFieldCollector; 70 class CXXMemberCallExpr; 71 class CXXMethodDecl; 72 class CXXScopeSpec; 73 class CXXTemporary; 74 class CXXTryStmt; 75 class CallExpr; 76 class ClassTemplateDecl; 77 class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; 78 class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl; 79 class CodeCompleteConsumer; 80 class CodeCompletionAllocator; 81 class CodeCompletionTUInfo; 82 class CodeCompletionResult; 83 class Decl; 84 class DeclAccessPair; 85 class DeclContext; 86 class DeclRefExpr; 87 class DeclaratorDecl; 88 class DeducedTemplateArgument; 89 class DependentDiagnostic; 90 class DesignatedInitExpr; 91 class Designation; 92 class EnumConstantDecl; 93 class Expr; 94 class ExtVectorType; 95 class ExternalSemaSource; 96 class FormatAttr; 97 class FriendDecl; 98 class FunctionDecl; 99 class FunctionProtoType; 100 class FunctionTemplateDecl; 101 class ImplicitConversionSequence; 102 class InitListExpr; 103 class InitializationKind; 104 class InitializationSequence; 105 class InitializedEntity; 106 class IntegerLiteral; 107 class LabelStmt; 108 class LambdaExpr; 109 class LangOptions; 110 class LocalInstantiationScope; 111 class LookupResult; 112 class MacroInfo; 113 class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList; 114 class NamedDecl; 115 class NonNullAttr; 116 class ObjCCategoryDecl; 117 class ObjCCategoryImplDecl; 118 class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl; 119 class ObjCContainerDecl; 120 class ObjCImplDecl; 121 class ObjCImplementationDecl; 122 class ObjCInterfaceDecl; 123 class ObjCIvarDecl; 124 template <class T> class ObjCList; 125 class ObjCMessageExpr; 126 class ObjCMethodDecl; 127 class ObjCPropertyDecl; 128 class ObjCProtocolDecl; 129 class OverloadCandidateSet; 130 class OverloadExpr; 131 class ParenListExpr; 132 class ParmVarDecl; 133 class Preprocessor; 134 class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage; 135 class PseudoObjectExpr; 136 class QualType; 137 class StandardConversionSequence; 138 class Stmt; 139 class StringLiteral; 140 class SwitchStmt; 141 class TargetAttributesSema; 142 class TemplateArgument; 143 class TemplateArgumentList; 144 class TemplateArgumentLoc; 145 class TemplateDecl; 146 class TemplateParameterList; 147 class TemplatePartialOrderingContext; 148 class TemplateTemplateParmDecl; 149 class Token; 150 class TypeAliasDecl; 151 class TypedefDecl; 152 class TypedefNameDecl; 153 class TypeLoc; 154 class UnqualifiedId; 155 class UnresolvedLookupExpr; 156 class UnresolvedMemberExpr; 157 class UnresolvedSetImpl; 158 class UnresolvedSetIterator; 159 class UsingDecl; 160 class UsingShadowDecl; 161 class ValueDecl; 162 class VarDecl; 163 class VisibilityAttr; 164 class VisibleDeclConsumer; 165 class IndirectFieldDecl; 166 167namespace sema { 168 class AccessedEntity; 169 class BlockScopeInfo; 170 class CompoundScopeInfo; 171 class DelayedDiagnostic; 172 class FunctionScopeInfo; 173 class LambdaScopeInfo; 174 class PossiblyUnreachableDiag; 175 class TemplateDeductionInfo; 176} 177 178// FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to 179// TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion. 180typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>, 181 SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack; 182 183/// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C. 184class Sema { 185 Sema(const Sema&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 186 void operator=(const Sema&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 187 mutable const TargetAttributesSema* TheTargetAttributesSema; 188public: 189 typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy; 190 typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy; 191 typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy; 192 193 OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures; 194 FPOptions FPFeatures; 195 196 const LangOptions &LangOpts; 197 Preprocessor &PP; 198 ASTContext &Context; 199 ASTConsumer &Consumer; 200 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags; 201 SourceManager &SourceMgr; 202 203 /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics. 204 bool CollectStats; 205 206 /// \brief Source of additional semantic information. 207 ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource; 208 209 /// \brief Code-completion consumer. 210 CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter; 211 212 /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing. 213 DeclContext *CurContext; 214 215 /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts, 216 /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext. 217 DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext; 218 219 /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag. 220 /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results. 221 DeclarationName VAListTagName; 222 223 /// PackContext - Manages the stack for #pragma pack. An alignment 224 /// of 0 indicates default alignment. 225 void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*" 226 227 bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when #pragma ms_struct on 228 229 /// VisContext - Manages the stack for #pragma GCC visibility. 230 void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*" 231 232 /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context 233 /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion. 234 bool ExprNeedsCleanups; 235 236 /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring 237 /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression. The 238 /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object. 239 SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects; 240 241 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 8> MaybeODRUseExprs; 242 243 /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested 244 /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active. 245 /// 246 /// This array is never empty. Clients should ignore the first 247 /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo 248 /// that's used to parse every top-level function. 249 SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes; 250 251 typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 252 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2> 253 ExtVectorDeclsType; 254 255 /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows 256 /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names. 257 /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics. 258 ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls; 259 260 /// \brief The set of types for which we have already complained about the 261 /// definitions being hidden. 262 /// 263 /// This set is used to suppress redundant diagnostics. 264 llvm::SmallPtrSet<NamedDecl *, 4> HiddenDefinitions; 265 266 /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes. 267 OwningPtr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector; 268 269 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy; 270 271 /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have 272 /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the 273 /// same list more than once. 274 OwningPtr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet; 275 276 /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which 277 /// we are currently parsing the initializer. 278 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars; 279 280 /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent 281 /// locally-scoped external declaration with that name. 282 /// 283 /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local 284 /// scoped, e.g., 285 /// 286 /// \code 287 /// void f() { 288 /// void foo(int, int); 289 /// } 290 /// \endcode 291 /// 292 /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration on 293 /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of 294 /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases: 295 /// 296 /// - If we are declaring another external with the name "foo", we 297 /// can find "foo" as a previous declaration, so that the types 298 /// of this external declaration can be checked for 299 /// compatibility. 300 /// 301 /// - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to 302 /// "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then 303 /// we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is 304 /// not visible. 305 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternalDecls; 306 307 /// \brief Look for a locally scoped external declaration by the given name. 308 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator 309 findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(DeclarationName Name); 310 311 typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 312 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2> 313 TentativeDefinitionsType; 314 315 /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU. 316 TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions; 317 318 typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 319 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2> 320 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType; 321 322 /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used 323 /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration. 324 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls; 325 326 typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 327 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2> 328 DelegatingCtorDeclsType; 329 330 /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for 331 /// cycle detection at the end of the TU. 332 DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls; 333 334 /// \brief All the destructors seen during a class definition that had their 335 /// exception spec computation delayed because it depended on an unparsed 336 /// exception spec. 337 SmallVector<CXXDestructorDecl*, 2> DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecs; 338 339 /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition 340 /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception 341 /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor. 342 SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*, 343 const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2> 344 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks; 345 346 /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed. 347 typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, const FunctionDecl *FD); 348 LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser; 349 void *OpaqueParser; 350 351 void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) { 352 LateTemplateParser = LTP; 353 OpaqueParser = P; 354 } 355 356 class DelayedDiagnostics; 357 358 class ParsingDeclState { 359 unsigned SavedStackSize; 360 friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics; 361 }; 362 363 class ProcessingContextState { 364 unsigned SavedParsingDepth; 365 unsigned SavedActiveStackBase; 366 friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics; 367 }; 368 369 /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics 370 /// during parsing and other processing. 371 class DelayedDiagnostics { 372 /// \brief The stack of diagnostics that were delayed due to being 373 /// produced during the parsing of a declaration. 374 sema::DelayedDiagnostic *Stack; 375 376 /// \brief The number of objects on the delayed-diagnostics stack. 377 unsigned StackSize; 378 379 /// \brief The current capacity of the delayed-diagnostics stack. 380 unsigned StackCapacity; 381 382 /// \brief The index of the first "active" delayed diagnostic in 383 /// the stack. When parsing class definitions, we ignore active 384 /// delayed diagnostics from the surrounding context. 385 unsigned ActiveStackBase; 386 387 /// \brief The depth of the declarations we're currently parsing. 388 /// This gets saved and reset whenever we enter a class definition. 389 unsigned ParsingDepth; 390 391 public: 392 DelayedDiagnostics() : Stack(0), StackSize(0), StackCapacity(0), 393 ActiveStackBase(0), ParsingDepth(0) {} 394 395 ~DelayedDiagnostics() { 396 delete[] reinterpret_cast<char*>(Stack); 397 } 398 399 /// Adds a delayed diagnostic. 400 void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); 401 402 /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed. 403 bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return ParsingDepth > 0; } 404 405 /// Observe that we've started parsing a declaration. Access and 406 /// deprecation diagnostics will be delayed; when the declaration 407 /// is completed, all active delayed diagnostics will be evaluated 408 /// in its context, and then active diagnostics stack will be 409 /// popped down to the saved depth. 410 ParsingDeclState pushParsingDecl() { 411 ParsingDepth++; 412 413 ParsingDeclState state; 414 state.SavedStackSize = StackSize; 415 return state; 416 } 417 418 /// Observe that we're completed parsing a declaration. 419 static void popParsingDecl(Sema &S, ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl); 420 421 /// Observe that we've started processing a different context, the 422 /// contents of which are semantically separate from the 423 /// declarations it may lexically appear in. This sets aside the 424 /// current stack of active diagnostics and starts afresh. 425 ProcessingContextState pushContext() { 426 assert(StackSize >= ActiveStackBase); 427 428 ProcessingContextState state; 429 state.SavedParsingDepth = ParsingDepth; 430 state.SavedActiveStackBase = ActiveStackBase; 431 432 ActiveStackBase = StackSize; 433 ParsingDepth = 0; 434 435 return state; 436 } 437 438 /// Observe that we've stopped processing a context. This 439 /// restores the previous stack of active diagnostics. 440 void popContext(ProcessingContextState state) { 441 assert(ActiveStackBase == StackSize); 442 assert(ParsingDepth == 0); 443 ActiveStackBase = state.SavedActiveStackBase; 444 ParsingDepth = state.SavedParsingDepth; 445 } 446 } DelayedDiagnostics; 447 448 /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context. 449 class ContextRAII { 450 private: 451 Sema &S; 452 DeclContext *SavedContext; 453 ProcessingContextState SavedContextState; 454 QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 455 456 public: 457 ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush) 458 : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext), 459 SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushContext()), 460 SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride) 461 { 462 assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context"); 463 S.CurContext = ContextToPush; 464 } 465 466 void pop() { 467 if (!SavedContext) return; 468 S.CurContext = SavedContext; 469 S.DelayedDiagnostics.popContext(SavedContextState); 470 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 471 SavedContext = 0; 472 } 473 474 ~ContextRAII() { 475 pop(); 476 } 477 }; 478 479 /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 480 /// #pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another 481 /// identifier, declared or undeclared 482 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers; 483 484 /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 485 /// #pragma redefine_extname before declared. Used in Solaris system headers 486 /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version 487 /// in the currently selected standard. 488 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers; 489 490 491 /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source. 492 void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers(); 493 494 /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by 495 /// #pragma weak during processing of other Decls. 496 /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so 497 /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack. 498 /// It would be best to refactor this. 499 SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl; 500 501 IdentifierResolver IdResolver; 502 503 /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need 504 /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace. 505 /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc. 506 Scope *TUScope; 507 508 /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides. 509 LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace; 510 511 /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++ 512 /// standard library. 513 LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc; 514 515 /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in 516 /// <initializer_list>. 517 ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList; 518 519 /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in <typeinfo>. 520 RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl; 521 522 /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files. 523 RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl; 524 525 /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs. 526 llvm::OwningPtr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj; 527 528 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class. 529 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl; 530 531 /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *). 532 QualType NSNumberPointer; 533 534 /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals. 535 ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods]; 536 537 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class. 538 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl; 539 540 /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *). 541 QualType NSStringPointer; 542 543 /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method. 544 ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod; 545 546 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class. 547 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl; 548 549 /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method. 550 ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod; 551 552 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class. 553 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl; 554 555 /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method. 556 ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod; 557 558 /// \brief id<NSCopying> type. 559 QualType QIDNSCopying; 560 561 /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete 562 /// have been declared. 563 bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared; 564 565 /// A flag that is set when parsing a -dealloc method and no [super dealloc] 566 /// call was found yet. 567 bool ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc; 568 /// A flag that is set when parsing a -finalize method and no [super finalize] 569 /// call was found yet. 570 bool ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize; 571 572 /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are 573 /// evaluated at run-time, if at all. 574 enum ExpressionEvaluationContext { 575 /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an 576 /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of 577 /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but 578 /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at 579 /// run time. 580 Unevaluated, 581 582 /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms, 583 /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of 584 /// cases in a switch statment). 585 ConstantEvaluated, 586 587 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time, 588 /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the 589 /// expression at run time. 590 PotentiallyEvaluated, 591 592 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any 593 /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if 594 /// in fact the current expression is used. 595 /// 596 /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which 597 /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments 598 /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced" 599 /// until the default argument is used. 600 PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed 601 }; 602 603 /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested 604 /// expression evaluation contexts. 605 struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord { 606 /// \brief The expression evaluation context. 607 ExpressionEvaluationContext Context; 608 609 /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup. 610 bool ParentNeedsCleanups; 611 612 /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression. 613 bool IsDecltype; 614 615 /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered 616 /// this expression evaluation context. 617 unsigned NumCleanupObjects; 618 619 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 8> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs; 620 621 /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it 622 /// is indeed an unevaluated context. 623 llvm::SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas; 624 625 /// \brief The declaration that provides context for the lambda expression 626 /// if the normal declaration context does not suffice, e.g., in a 627 /// default function argument. 628 Decl *LambdaContextDecl; 629 630 /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions 631 /// within this context. 632 /// 633 /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts 634 /// do not have lambda expressions. 635 LambdaMangleContext *LambdaMangle; 636 637 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions 638 /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type. 639 llvm::SmallVector<CallExpr*, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls; 640 641 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding 642 /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor. 643 llvm::SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr*, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds; 644 645 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context, 646 unsigned NumCleanupObjects, 647 bool ParentNeedsCleanups, 648 Decl *LambdaContextDecl, 649 bool IsDecltype) 650 : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups), 651 IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects), 652 LambdaContextDecl(LambdaContextDecl), LambdaMangle() { } 653 654 ~ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord() { 655 delete LambdaMangle; 656 } 657 658 /// \brief Retrieve the mangling context for lambdas. 659 LambdaMangleContext &getLambdaMangleContext() { 660 assert(LambdaContextDecl && "Need to have a lambda context declaration"); 661 if (!LambdaMangle) 662 LambdaMangle = new LambdaMangleContext; 663 return *LambdaMangle; 664 } 665 }; 666 667 /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts. 668 SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts; 669 670 /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member 671 /// function. 672 /// 673 /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the 674 /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded. 675 class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode { 676 public: 677 enum Kind { 678 NoMemberOrDeleted, 679 Ambiguous, 680 Success 681 }; 682 683 private: 684 llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair; 685 686 public: 687 SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) 688 : FastFoldingSetNode(ID) 689 {} 690 691 CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); } 692 void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); } 693 694 Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); } 695 void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); } 696 }; 697 698 /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results 699 /// for C++ records. 700 llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache; 701 702 /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing. 703 /// 704 /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform 705 /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating 706 /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has 707 /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of 708 /// checks. 709 TranslationUnitKind TUKind; 710 711 llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc; 712 713 /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped. 714 unsigned NumSFINAEErrors; 715 716 typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 1> > 717 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap; 718 719 /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the 720 /// set of instantiations of each parameter. 721 /// 722 /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing 723 /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates, 724 /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the 725 /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed. 726 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations; 727 728 // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default 729 // argument locations. 730 llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *,SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs; 731 732 /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects with 733 /// internal linkage in this translation unit. 734 llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl*, SourceLocation> UndefinedInternals; 735 736 typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods; 737 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool; 738 739 /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id". 740 /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures 741 /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1% 742 /// of selectors are "overloaded"). 743 GlobalMethodPool MethodPool; 744 745 /// Method selectors used in a @selector expression. Used for implementation 746 /// of -Wselector. 747 llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors; 748 749 void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel); 750 751 /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'. 752 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr); 753 754 /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be 755 /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and 756 /// should not be used elsewhere. 757 void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID); 758 759public: 760 Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer, 761 TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete, 762 CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = 0); 763 ~Sema(); 764 765 /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been 766 /// initialized but before it parses anything. 767 void Initialize(); 768 769 const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; } 770 OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; } 771 FPOptions &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; } 772 773 DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; } 774 SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; } 775 const TargetAttributesSema &getTargetAttributesSema() const; 776 Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; } 777 ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; } 778 ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; } 779 ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const; 780 781 void PrintStats() const; 782 783 /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional 784 /// template instantiation stacks. 785 /// 786 /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder 787 /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is 788 /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder 789 /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template 790 /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as 791 /// well. 792 class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder { 793 Sema &SemaRef; 794 unsigned DiagID; 795 796 public: 797 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID) 798 : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { } 799 800 ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() { 801 // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do. 802 if (!isActive()) return; 803 804 // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying 805 // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it 806 // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor. 807 // 808 // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will 809 // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be 810 // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder 811 // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to 812 // eliminate that code. 813 FlushCounts(); 814 Clear(); 815 816 // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic. 817 SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID); 818 } 819 }; 820 821 /// \brief Emit a diagnostic. 822 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) { 823 DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID); 824 return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID); 825 } 826 827 /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic. 828 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD); 829 830 /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic. 831 PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h 832 833 bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name); 834 835 /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type. 836 std::string getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T) const; 837 std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T) const; 838 839 ExprResult Owned(Expr* E) { return E; } 840 ExprResult Owned(ExprResult R) { return R; } 841 StmtResult Owned(Stmt* S) { return S; } 842 843 void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit(); 844 845 void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles(); 846 847 Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx); 848 849 void PushFunctionScope(); 850 void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block); 851 void PushLambdaScope(CXXRecordDecl *Lambda, CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator); 852 void PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP =0, 853 const Decl *D = 0, const BlockExpr *blkExpr = 0); 854 855 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const { 856 return FunctionScopes.back(); 857 } 858 859 void PushCompoundScope(); 860 void PopCompoundScope(); 861 862 sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const; 863 864 bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const; 865 866 /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any. 867 sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock(); 868 869 /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda expression, if any. 870 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda(); 871 872 /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to #pragma weak-generated Decls 873 SmallVector<Decl*,2> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; } 874 875 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 876 // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp. 877 // 878 879 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs); 880 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVR) { 881 return BuildQualifiedType(T, Loc, Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(CVR)); 882 } 883 QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T, 884 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 885 QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef, 886 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 887 QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 888 Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals, 889 SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity); 890 QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize, 891 SourceLocation AttrLoc); 892 QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T, 893 QualType *ParamTypes, unsigned NumParamTypes, 894 bool Variadic, bool HasTrailingReturn, 895 unsigned Quals, RefQualifierKind RefQualifier, 896 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity, 897 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info); 898 QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class, 899 SourceLocation Loc, 900 DeclarationName Entity); 901 QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T, 902 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 903 QualType BuildParenType(QualType T); 904 QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 905 906 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S); 907 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy); 908 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T, 909 TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo); 910 911 /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType. 912 ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 913 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D); 914 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name); 915 static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = 0); 916 CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E); 917 const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 918 const FunctionProtoType *FPT); 919 bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType T, const SourceRange &Range); 920 bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T); 921 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New); 922 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 923 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 924 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc); 925 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 926 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 927 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 928 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc, 929 bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = 0, 930 bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = 0, 931 bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false, 932 bool IsOperatorNew = false); 933 bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset( 934 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 935 const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 936 const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc); 937 bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 938 const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc, 939 const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc); 940 941 TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 942 943 /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype' 944 /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type. 945 ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc); 946 947 /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types. 948 struct TypeDiagnoser { 949 bool Suppressed; 950 951 TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { } 952 953 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 954 virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {} 955 }; 956 957 static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; } 958 static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; } 959 static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; } 960 static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; } 961 static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; } 962 static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; } 963 static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) { 964 return II; 965 } 966 static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; } 967 static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; } 968 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; } 969 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; } 970 static SourceRange getPrintable(Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); } 971 static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();} 972 973 template<typename T1> 974 class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser { 975 unsigned DiagID; 976 const T1 &Arg1; 977 978 public: 979 BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) 980 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { } 981 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 982 if (Suppressed) return; 983 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T; 984 } 985 986 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { } 987 }; 988 989 template<typename T1, typename T2> 990 class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser { 991 unsigned DiagID; 992 const T1 &Arg1; 993 const T2 &Arg2; 994 995 public: 996 BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 997 const T2 &Arg2) 998 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 999 Arg2(Arg2) { } 1000 1001 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1002 if (Suppressed) return; 1003 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T; 1004 } 1005 1006 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { } 1007 }; 1008 1009 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1010 class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1011 unsigned DiagID; 1012 const T1 &Arg1; 1013 const T2 &Arg2; 1014 const T3 &Arg3; 1015 1016 public: 1017 BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1018 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) 1019 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1020 Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { } 1021 1022 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1023 if (Suppressed) return; 1024 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) 1025 << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T; 1026 } 1027 1028 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { } 1029 }; 1030 1031 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1032 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1033 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1034 unsigned DiagID); 1035 1036 template<typename T1> 1037 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1038 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1039 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1040 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1041 } 1042 1043 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1044 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1045 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1046 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1047 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1048 } 1049 1050 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1051 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1052 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1053 const T3 &Arg3) { 1054 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1055 Arg3); 1056 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1057 } 1058 1059 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1060 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID); 1061 1062 template<typename T1> 1063 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1064 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1065 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1066 } 1067 1068 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1069 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1070 const T2 &Arg2) { 1071 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1072 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1073 } 1074 1075 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1076 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1077 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 1078 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1079 Arg3); 1080 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1081 } 1082 1083 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1084 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1085 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID); 1086 1087 template<typename T1> 1088 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1089 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1090 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1091 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1092 } 1093 1094 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1095 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1096 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1097 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1098 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1099 } 1100 1101 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1102 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1103 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1104 const T3 &Arg3) { 1105 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1106 Arg3); 1107 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1108 } 1109 1110 QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 1111 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T); 1112 1113 QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1114 QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1115 QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 1116 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind, 1117 SourceLocation Loc); 1118 1119 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1120 // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp. 1121 // 1122 1123 /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants 1124 /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no 1125 /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches 1126 /// them into the FunctionDecl. 1127 std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope; 1128 /// Nonzero if we are currently parsing a function declarator. This is a counter 1129 /// as opposed to a boolean so we can deal with nested function declarators 1130 /// such as: 1131 /// void f(void (*g)(), ...) 1132 unsigned InFunctionDeclarator; 1133 1134 DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = 0); 1135 1136 void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors(); 1137 1138 ParsedType getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1139 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, 1140 bool isClassName = false, 1141 bool HasTrailingDot = false, 1142 ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(), 1143 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, 1144 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false, 1145 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = 0); 1146 TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S); 1147 bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S); 1148 bool DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 1149 SourceLocation IILoc, 1150 Scope *S, 1151 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 1152 ParsedType &SuggestedType); 1153 1154 /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed 1155 /// by \c ClassifyName(). 1156 enum NameClassificationKind { 1157 NC_Unknown, 1158 NC_Error, 1159 NC_Keyword, 1160 NC_Type, 1161 NC_Expression, 1162 NC_NestedNameSpecifier, 1163 NC_TypeTemplate, 1164 NC_FunctionTemplate 1165 }; 1166 1167 class NameClassification { 1168 NameClassificationKind Kind; 1169 ExprResult Expr; 1170 TemplateName Template; 1171 ParsedType Type; 1172 const IdentifierInfo *Keyword; 1173 1174 explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {} 1175 1176 public: 1177 NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {} 1178 1179 NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {} 1180 1181 NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword) 1182 : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { } 1183 1184 static NameClassification Error() { 1185 return NameClassification(NC_Error); 1186 } 1187 1188 static NameClassification Unknown() { 1189 return NameClassification(NC_Unknown); 1190 } 1191 1192 static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() { 1193 return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier); 1194 } 1195 1196 static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1197 NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate); 1198 Result.Template = Name; 1199 return Result; 1200 } 1201 1202 static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1203 NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate); 1204 Result.Template = Name; 1205 return Result; 1206 } 1207 1208 NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; } 1209 1210 ParsedType getType() const { 1211 assert(Kind == NC_Type); 1212 return Type; 1213 } 1214 1215 ExprResult getExpression() const { 1216 assert(Kind == NC_Expression); 1217 return Expr; 1218 } 1219 1220 TemplateName getTemplateName() const { 1221 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1222 return Template; 1223 } 1224 1225 TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const { 1226 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1227 return Kind == NC_TypeTemplate? TNK_Type_template : TNK_Function_template; 1228 } 1229}; 1230 1231 /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on 1232 /// the results of name lookup and the following token. 1233 /// 1234 /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct 1235 /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt 1236 /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name. 1237 /// 1238 /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup. 1239 /// 1240 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name. 1241 /// 1242 /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name, 1243 /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly. 1244 /// 1245 /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier. 1246 /// 1247 /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help 1248 /// disambiguate the name. 1249 NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S, 1250 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1251 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 1252 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1253 const Token &NextToken); 1254 1255 Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1256 1257 Decl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1258 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 1259 void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 1260 const LookupResult &Previous, 1261 Scope *S); 1262 bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info); 1263 bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 1264 DeclarationName Name, 1265 SourceLocation Loc); 1266 void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D); 1267 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R); 1268 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D); 1269 void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange); 1270 void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D); 1271 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1272 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1273 LookupResult &Previous); 1274 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D, 1275 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration); 1276 NamedDecl* ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1277 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1278 LookupResult &Previous, 1279 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists); 1280 // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration 1281 bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous); 1282 void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var); 1283 void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator(); 1284 void ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator(); 1285 NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1286 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1287 LookupResult &Previous, 1288 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 1289 bool &AddToScope); 1290 bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1291 1292 bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD); 1293 bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body); 1294 1295 void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1296 // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration 1297 bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, 1298 FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous, 1299 bool IsExplicitSpecialization); 1300 void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D); 1301 Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1302 ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 1303 SourceLocation Loc, 1304 QualType T); 1305 ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 1306 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 1307 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 1308 StorageClass SC, StorageClass SCAsWritten); 1309 void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1310 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1311 Expr *defarg); 1312 void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1313 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1314 SourceLocation ArgLoc); 1315 void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param); 1316 bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg, 1317 SourceLocation EqualLoc); 1318 1319 void CheckSelfReference(Decl *OrigDecl, Expr *E); 1320 void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit, 1321 bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1322 void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1323 void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl); 1324 void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D); 1325 void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc); 1326 void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc); 1327 void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D); 1328 DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 1329 Decl **Group, 1330 unsigned NumDecls); 1331 DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 1332 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 1333 void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1334 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls); 1335 void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD); 1336 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1337 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1338 void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1339 1340 void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope); 1341 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body); 1342 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation); 1343 1344 /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an 1345 /// attribute for which parsing is delayed. 1346 void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs); 1347 1348 /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of 1349 /// ParmVarDecl pointers. 1350 void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1351 ParmVarDecl * const *End); 1352 1353 /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a 1354 /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a 1355 /// specified threshold. 1356 void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1357 ParmVarDecl * const *End, 1358 QualType ReturnTy, 1359 NamedDecl *D); 1360 1361 void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body); 1362 Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 1363 SourceLocation AsmLoc, 1364 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1365 1366 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration. 1367 /// 1368 /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any. 1369 /// 1370 /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword. 1371 /// 1372 /// \param Path The module access path. 1373 DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc, 1374 ModuleIdPath Path); 1375 1376 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1377 PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const { 1378 return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP); 1379 } 1380 1381 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1382 static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx, 1383 const Preprocessor &PP); 1384 1385 /// Scope actions. 1386 void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S); 1387 void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S); 1388 1389 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1390 DeclSpec &DS); 1391 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1392 DeclSpec &DS, 1393 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 1394 1395 Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1396 AccessSpecifier AS, 1397 RecordDecl *Record); 1398 1399 Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1400 RecordDecl *Record); 1401 1402 bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 1403 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 1404 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 1405 const IdentifierInfo &Name); 1406 1407 enum TagUseKind { 1408 TUK_Reference, // Reference to a tag: 'struct foo *X;' 1409 TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag: 'struct foo;' 1410 TUK_Definition, // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;' 1411 TUK_Friend // Friend declaration: 'friend struct foo;' 1412 }; 1413 1414 Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 1415 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1416 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1417 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 1418 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 1419 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 1420 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 1421 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 1422 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType); 1423 1424 Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc, 1425 unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc, 1426 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1427 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1428 AttributeList *Attr, 1429 MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists); 1430 1431 TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S, 1432 unsigned TagSpec, 1433 TagUseKind TUK, 1434 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1435 IdentifierInfo *Name, 1436 SourceLocation TagLoc, 1437 SourceLocation NameLoc); 1438 1439 void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1440 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 1441 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls); 1442 Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1443 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth); 1444 1445 FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1446 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, bool HasInit, 1447 AccessSpecifier AS); 1448 1449 FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 1450 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1451 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 1452 bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth, bool HasInit, 1453 SourceLocation TSSL, 1454 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 1455 Declarator *D = 0); 1456 1457 enum CXXSpecialMember { 1458 CXXDefaultConstructor, 1459 CXXCopyConstructor, 1460 CXXMoveConstructor, 1461 CXXCopyAssignment, 1462 CXXMoveAssignment, 1463 CXXDestructor, 1464 CXXInvalid 1465 }; 1466 bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD); 1467 void DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* Record, CXXSpecialMember mem); 1468 CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1469 void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart, 1470 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls); 1471 Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1472 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1473 tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility); 1474 1475 // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations. 1476 void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl, 1477 llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 1478 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 1479 AttributeList *AttrList); 1480 1481 /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the 1482 /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class, 1483 /// struct, or union). 1484 void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1485 1486 Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl); 1487 1488 /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a 1489 /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its 1490 /// member declarations. 1491 void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1492 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 1493 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 1494 1495 /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing 1496 /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union). 1497 void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1498 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 1499 1500 void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 1501 1502 /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container 1503 /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs. 1504 /// 1505 /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext 1506 void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1507 void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1508 1509 /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable 1510 /// error parsing the definition of a tag. 1511 void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1512 1513 EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 1514 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 1515 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1516 IdentifierInfo *Id, 1517 Expr *val); 1518 bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI); 1519 bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 1520 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev); 1521 1522 Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant, 1523 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 1524 AttributeList *Attrs, 1525 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val); 1526 void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 1527 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl, 1528 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 1529 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr); 1530 1531 DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC); 1532 1533 /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped. 1534 void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1535 void PopDeclContext(); 1536 1537 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1538 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1539 void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1540 void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S); 1541 1542 /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope. 1543 void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D); 1544 void ActOnExitFunctionContext(); 1545 1546 DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); 1547 1548 /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer 1549 /// to the function decl for the function being parsed. If we're currently 1550 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1551 FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl(); 1552 1553 /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to 1554 /// the method decl for the method being parsed. If we're currently 1555 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1556 ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl(); 1557 1558 /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method 1559 /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null. If we're currently 1560 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1561 NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl(); 1562 1563 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1564 void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true); 1565 1566 /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the 1567 /// top level scope. 1568 /// 1569 /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push. 1570 /// 1571 /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration. 1572 void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name); 1573 1574 /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true 1575 /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns 1576 /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context. 1577 /// 1578 /// \param ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization When true, we are checking 1579 /// whether the declaration is in scope for the purposes of explicit template 1580 /// instantiation or specialization. The default is false. 1581 bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = 0, 1582 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization = false); 1583 1584 /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it 1585 /// happens to be an enclosing scope. Otherwise return NULL. 1586 static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1587 1588 /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator(). 1589 TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 1590 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 1591 bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New); 1592 void mergeDeclAttributes(Decl *New, Decl *Old, bool MergeDeprecation = true); 1593 void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1594 bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *Old, Scope *S); 1595 bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 1596 Scope *S); 1597 void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old); 1598 void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1599 void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1600 void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1601 bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S); 1602 1603 // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions 1604 // to represent what is actually causing the operation 1605 enum AssignmentAction { 1606 AA_Assigning, 1607 AA_Passing, 1608 AA_Returning, 1609 AA_Converting, 1610 AA_Initializing, 1611 AA_Sending, 1612 AA_Casting 1613 }; 1614 1615 /// C++ Overloading. 1616 enum OverloadKind { 1617 /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are 1618 /// functions or function templates with different signatures. 1619 Ovl_Overload, 1620 1621 /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches 1622 /// an existing declaration. 1623 Ovl_Match, 1624 1625 /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a 1626 /// non-function. 1627 Ovl_NonFunction 1628 }; 1629 OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S, 1630 FunctionDecl *New, 1631 const LookupResult &OldDecls, 1632 NamedDecl *&OldDecl, 1633 bool IsForUsingDecl); 1634 bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl); 1635 1636 /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current 1637 /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored. 1638 /// 1639 /// \returns true if \arg FD is unavailable and current context is inside 1640 /// an available function, false otherwise. 1641 bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD); 1642 1643 ImplicitConversionSequence 1644 TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1645 bool SuppressUserConversions, 1646 bool AllowExplicit, 1647 bool InOverloadResolution, 1648 bool CStyle, 1649 bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion); 1650 1651 bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1652 bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1653 bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1654 bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1655 bool InOverloadResolution, 1656 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1657 bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1658 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1659 bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1660 QualType &ConvertedType); 1661 bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1662 QualType& ConvertedType); 1663 bool FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType, 1664 const FunctionProtoType *NewType, 1665 unsigned *ArgPos = 0); 1666 void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 1667 QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1668 1669 CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E); 1670 bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1671 CastKind &Kind, 1672 CXXCastPath& BasePath, 1673 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1674 bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1675 bool InOverloadResolution, 1676 QualType &ConvertedType); 1677 bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1678 CastKind &Kind, 1679 CXXCastPath &BasePath, 1680 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1681 bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1682 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 1683 bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1684 QualType &ResultTy); 1685 bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 1686 1687 1688 ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1689 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate, 1690 QualType ResultType, 1691 Expr *Value, 1692 bool AllowNRVO = true); 1693 1694 bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1695 ExprResult Init); 1696 ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1697 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1698 ExprResult Init, 1699 bool TopLevelOfInitList = false, 1700 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1701 ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, 1702 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1703 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1704 CXXMethodDecl *Method); 1705 1706 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From); 1707 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From); 1708 1709 /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required. 1710 enum CCEKind { 1711 CCEK_CaseValue, ///< Expression in a case label. 1712 CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type. 1713 CCEK_TemplateArg ///< Value of a non-type template parameter. 1714 }; 1715 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, 1716 llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE); 1717 1718 /// \brief Abstract base class used to diagnose problems that occur while 1719 /// trying to convert an expression to integral or enumeration type. 1720 class ICEConvertDiagnoser { 1721 public: 1722 bool Suppress; 1723 bool SuppressConversion; 1724 1725 ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false, 1726 bool SuppressConversion = false) 1727 : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) { } 1728 1729 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have 1730 /// integral or enumeration type. 1731 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1732 QualType T) = 0; 1733 1734 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type. 1735 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1736 QualType T) = 0; 1737 1738 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function 1739 /// is explicit. 1740 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1741 QualType T, 1742 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1743 1744 /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function. 1745 virtual DiagnosticBuilder 1746 noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1747 1748 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion 1749 /// functions. 1750 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1751 QualType T) = 0; 1752 1753 /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions. 1754 virtual DiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 1755 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1756 1757 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function 1758 /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function). 1759 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1760 QualType T, 1761 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1762 1763 virtual ~ICEConvertDiagnoser() {} 1764 }; 1765 1766 ExprResult 1767 ConvertToIntegralOrEnumerationType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, 1768 ICEConvertDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 1769 bool AllowScopedEnumerations); 1770 1771 enum ObjCSubscriptKind { 1772 OS_Array, 1773 OS_Dictionary, 1774 OS_Error 1775 }; 1776 ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE); 1777 1778 ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From, 1779 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1780 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1781 NamedDecl *Member); 1782 1783 // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*. 1784 // TODO: make this is a typesafe union. 1785 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet; 1786 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet; 1787 1788 void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function, 1789 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1790 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1791 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1792 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 1793 bool PartialOverloading = false, 1794 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1795 void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions, 1796 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1797 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1798 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 1799 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 1800 void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1801 QualType ObjectType, 1802 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1803 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1804 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1805 bool SuppressUserConversion = false); 1806 void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, 1807 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1808 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, 1809 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1810 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1811 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1812 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1813 void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl, 1814 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1815 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1816 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1817 QualType ObjectType, 1818 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1819 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1820 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1821 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1822 void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 1823 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1824 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1825 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1826 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1827 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1828 void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 1829 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1830 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1831 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1832 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1833 void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 1834 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1835 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1836 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1837 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet); 1838 void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 1839 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1840 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1841 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 1842 Expr *Object, llvm::ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, 1843 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1844 void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 1845 SourceLocation OpLoc, 1846 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1847 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1848 SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange()); 1849 void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys, 1850 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1851 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1852 bool IsAssignmentOperator = false, 1853 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0); 1854 void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 1855 SourceLocation OpLoc, 1856 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1857 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1858 void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name, 1859 bool Operator, SourceLocation Loc, 1860 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1861 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1862 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1863 bool PartialOverloading = false, 1864 bool StdNamespaceIsAssociated = false); 1865 1866 // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate 1867 void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType()); 1868 1869 // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates 1870 // identified by the expression Expr 1871 void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType()); 1872 1873 // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return] 1874 // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType 1875 // R (A) --> R(A) 1876 // R (*)(A) --> R (A) 1877 // R (&)(A) --> R (A) 1878 // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A) 1879 QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType); 1880 1881 FunctionDecl * 1882 ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr, 1883 QualType TargetType, 1884 bool Complain, 1885 DeclAccessPair &Found, 1886 bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = 0); 1887 1888 FunctionDecl *ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl, 1889 bool Complain = false, 1890 DeclAccessPair* Found = 0); 1891 1892 bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( 1893 ExprResult &SrcExpr, 1894 bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false, 1895 bool Complain = false, 1896 const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(), 1897 QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(), 1898 unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0); 1899 1900 1901 Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, 1902 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1903 FunctionDecl *Fn); 1904 ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult, 1905 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1906 FunctionDecl *Fn); 1907 1908 void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 1909 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1910 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, 1911 bool PartialOverloading = false); 1912 1913 ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, 1914 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 1915 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 1916 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1917 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 1918 Expr *ExecConfig, 1919 bool AllowTypoCorrection=true); 1920 1921 ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 1922 unsigned Opc, 1923 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 1924 Expr *input); 1925 1926 ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 1927 unsigned Opc, 1928 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 1929 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 1930 1931 ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc, 1932 SourceLocation RLoc, 1933 Expr *Base,Expr *Idx); 1934 1935 ExprResult 1936 BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr, 1937 SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr **Args, 1938 unsigned NumArgs, SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1939 ExprResult 1940 BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 1941 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1942 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1943 1944 ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 1945 SourceLocation OpLoc); 1946 1947 /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is 1948 /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location 1949 /// that best represents the call. 1950 bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc, 1951 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD); 1952 1953 /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions. 1954 bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl **Param, ParmVarDecl **ParamEnd, 1955 bool CheckParameterNames); 1956 void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD); 1957 void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D); 1958 Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S); 1959 1960 /// \name Name lookup 1961 /// 1962 /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic 1963 /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers, 1964 /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or 1965 /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry 1966 /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup, 1967 /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup. 1968 /// 1969 /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria, 1970 /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how 1971 /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both 1972 /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore 1973 /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name 1974 /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name 1975 /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration. 1976 /// 1977 /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name 1978 /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation 1979 /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing 1980 /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup 1981 /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or 1982 /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name 1983 /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides 1984 /// the ability to distinguish among them. 1985 //@{ 1986 1987 /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform. 1988 enum LookupNameKind { 1989 /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions, 1990 /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names 1991 /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++. 1992 LookupOrdinaryName = 0, 1993 /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes, 1994 /// structs, and unions. 1995 LookupTagName, 1996 /// Label name lookup. 1997 LookupLabel, 1998 /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of 1999 /// class/struct/union members. 2000 LookupMemberName, 2001 /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with 2002 /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name 2003 /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members. 2004 LookupOperatorName, 2005 /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution 2006 /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object, 2007 /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1). 2008 LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, 2009 /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or 2010 /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++ 2011 /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1). 2012 LookupNamespaceName, 2013 /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name, 2014 /// including resolved using declarations. This is appropriate 2015 /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration. 2016 LookupUsingDeclName, 2017 /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a 2018 /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that 2019 /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See 2020 /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6. 2021 LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage, 2022 /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol. 2023 LookupObjCProtocolName, 2024 /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method. 2025 LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam, 2026 /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name. 2027 LookupAnyName 2028 }; 2029 2030 /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a 2031 /// redeclaration (vs. a reference). 2032 enum RedeclarationKind { 2033 /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the 2034 /// purpose of redeclaring the name. 2035 NotForRedeclaration = 0, 2036 /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name, 2037 /// if an entity by that name already exists. 2038 ForRedeclaration 2039 }; 2040 2041 /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator. 2042 enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult { 2043 /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error. 2044 LOLR_Error, 2045 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which 2046 /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it. 2047 LOLR_Cooked, 2048 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects 2049 /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token. 2050 LOLR_Raw, 2051 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, 2052 /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be 2053 /// passed as a non-type template argument pack. 2054 LOLR_Template 2055 }; 2056 2057 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D, 2058 CXXSpecialMember SM, 2059 bool ConstArg, 2060 bool VolatileArg, 2061 bool RValueThis, 2062 bool ConstThis, 2063 bool VolatileThis); 2064 2065private: 2066 bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S); 2067 2068 // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls. 2069 // 2070 // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded 2071 // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise. 2072 llvm::DenseMap<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces; 2073 2074 /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal 2075 /// source. 2076 bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces; 2077 2078public: 2079 /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration. Return 2080 /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded. 2081 /// 2082 /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle 2083 /// ambiguity and overloaded. 2084 NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name, 2085 SourceLocation Loc, 2086 LookupNameKind NameKind, 2087 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2088 = NotForRedeclaration); 2089 bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, 2090 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false); 2091 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx, 2092 bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false); 2093 bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2094 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false, 2095 bool EnteringContext = false); 2096 ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, 2097 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2098 = NotForRedeclaration); 2099 2100 void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S, 2101 QualType T1, QualType T2, 2102 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions); 2103 2104 LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 2105 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation()); 2106 2107 DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2108 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2109 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2110 unsigned Quals); 2111 CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2112 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2113 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2114 CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, bool RValueThis, 2115 unsigned ThisQuals); 2116 CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2117 2118 LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R, 2119 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys, 2120 bool AllowRawAndTemplate); 2121 2122 void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator, 2123 SourceLocation Loc, 2124 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2125 ADLResult &Functions, 2126 bool StdNamespaceIsAssociated = false); 2127 2128 void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind, 2129 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2130 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2131 void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind, 2132 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2133 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2134 2135 TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, 2136 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, 2137 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2138 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2139 DeclContext *MemberContext = 0, 2140 bool EnteringContext = false, 2141 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 0); 2142 2143 void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2144 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces, 2145 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses); 2146 2147 void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 2148 bool ConsiderLinkage, 2149 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 2150 2151 bool DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result); 2152 //@} 2153 2154 ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 2155 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2156 bool TypoCorrection = false); 2157 NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 2158 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 2159 SourceLocation Loc); 2160 NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II, 2161 Scope *S); 2162 void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD); 2163 2164 // More parsing and symbol table subroutines. 2165 2166 // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2167 void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD, 2168 bool NonInheritable = true, bool Inheritable = true); 2169 void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL, 2170 bool NonInheritable = true, bool Inheritable = true); 2171 bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl, 2172 const AttributeList *AttrList); 2173 2174 void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D); 2175 2176 bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value); 2177 bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC); 2178 bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr); 2179 2180 /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2181 StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs, 2182 SourceRange Range); 2183 2184 void WarnUndefinedMethod(SourceLocation ImpLoc, ObjCMethodDecl *method, 2185 bool &IncompleteImpl, unsigned DiagID); 2186 void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2187 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2188 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2189 2190 void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2191 ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, 2192 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2193 2194 /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method 2195 /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration. 2196 void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2197 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2198 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2199 2200 bool isPropertyReadonly(ObjCPropertyDecl *PropertyDecl, 2201 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2202 2203 typedef llvm::DenseSet<Selector, llvm::DenseMapInfo<Selector> > SelectorSet; 2204 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap; 2205 2206 /// CheckProtocolMethodDefs - This routine checks unimplemented 2207 /// methods declared in protocol, and those referenced by it. 2208 /// \param IDecl - Used for checking for methods which may have been 2209 /// inherited. 2210 void CheckProtocolMethodDefs(SourceLocation ImpLoc, 2211 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl, 2212 bool& IncompleteImpl, 2213 const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2214 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2215 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl); 2216 2217 /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables 2218 /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface. 2219 void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl, 2220 ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars, 2221 SourceLocation Loc); 2222 2223 /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method 2224 /// remains unimplemented in the class or category @implementation. 2225 void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2226 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2227 bool IncompleteImpl = false); 2228 2229 /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties 2230 /// which must be implemented by this implementation. 2231 void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2232 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2233 const SelectorSet &InsMap); 2234 2235 /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all 2236 /// properties which must be synthesized in class's @implementation. 2237 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2238 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2239 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2240 2241 /// CollectImmediateProperties - This routine collects all properties in 2242 /// the class and its conforming protocols; but not those it its super class. 2243 void CollectImmediateProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2244 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& PropMap, 2245 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& SuperPropMap); 2246 2247 2248 /// LookupPropertyDecl - Looks up a property in the current class and all 2249 /// its protocols. 2250 ObjCPropertyDecl *LookupPropertyDecl(const ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2251 IdentifierInfo *II); 2252 2253 /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle @property declarations in 2254 //// class extensions. 2255 Decl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S, 2256 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2257 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2258 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2259 Selector GetterSel, 2260 Selector SetterSel, 2261 const bool isAssign, 2262 const bool isReadWrite, 2263 const unsigned Attributes, 2264 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2265 bool *isOverridingProperty, 2266 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2267 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind); 2268 2269 /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to 2270 /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or @interface. 2271 ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S, 2272 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2273 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2274 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2275 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2276 Selector GetterSel, 2277 Selector SetterSel, 2278 const bool isAssign, 2279 const bool isReadWrite, 2280 const unsigned Attributes, 2281 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2282 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2283 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 2284 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 2285 2286 /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via 2287 /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared 2288 /// setter or getter. 2289 void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2290 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl); 2291 2292 void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D); 2293 2294 void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID); 2295 2296 enum MethodMatchStrategy { 2297 MMS_loose, 2298 MMS_strict 2299 }; 2300 2301 /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns 2302 /// true, or false, accordingly. 2303 bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2304 const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod, 2305 MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict); 2306 2307 /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or 2308 /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations. 2309 void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2310 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2311 SelectorSet &InsMapSeen, 2312 SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen, 2313 ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2314 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2315 bool &IncompleteImpl, 2316 bool ImmediateClass, 2317 bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false); 2318 2319 /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in 2320 /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and 2321 /// warns each time an exact match is found. 2322 void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP); 2323 2324 /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods. 2325 void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method); 2326 2327private: 2328 /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global 2329 /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool. 2330 void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance); 2331 2332 /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and 2333 /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures. 2334 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2335 bool receiverIdOrClass, 2336 bool warn, bool instance); 2337 2338public: 2339 /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation 2340 /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate 2341 /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking 2342 /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown). 2343 void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2344 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true); 2345 } 2346 2347 /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods. 2348 void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2349 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false); 2350 } 2351 2352 /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global 2353 /// pool. 2354 void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D); 2355 2356 /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2357 /// there are multiple signatures. 2358 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2359 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2360 bool warn=true) { 2361 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2362 warn, /*instance*/true); 2363 } 2364 2365 /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2366 /// there are multiple signatures. 2367 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2368 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2369 bool warn=true) { 2370 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2371 warn, /*instance*/false); 2372 } 2373 2374 /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an 2375 /// implementation. 2376 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel); 2377 2378 /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require 2379 /// initialization. 2380 void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 2381 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars); 2382 2383 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2384 // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp. 2385public: 2386 class FullExprArg { 2387 public: 2388 FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(0) { } 2389 2390 // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this 2391 // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics 2392 // emulation code from Ownership.h). 2393 FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {} 2394 2395 ExprResult release() { 2396 return move(E); 2397 } 2398 2399 Expr *get() const { return E; } 2400 2401 Expr *operator->() { 2402 return E; 2403 } 2404 2405 private: 2406 // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just 2407 // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below. 2408 friend class Sema; 2409 2410 explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {} 2411 2412 Expr *E; 2413 }; 2414 2415 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2416 return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg).release()); 2417 } 2418 2419 StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(FullExprArg Expr); 2420 2421 StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc, 2422 bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false); 2423 2424 void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2425 void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2426 StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, 2427 MultiStmtArg Elts, 2428 bool isStmtExpr); 2429 2430 /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement. 2431 class CompoundScopeRAII { 2432 public: 2433 CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) { 2434 S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2435 } 2436 2437 ~CompoundScopeRAII() { 2438 S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2439 } 2440 2441 private: 2442 Sema &S; 2443 }; 2444 2445 StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl, 2446 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2447 SourceLocation EndLoc); 2448 void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl); 2449 StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E); 2450 StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal, 2451 SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal, 2452 SourceLocation ColonLoc); 2453 void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt); 2454 2455 StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2456 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2457 Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope); 2458 StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl, 2459 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt); 2460 2461 StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc, const AttrVec &Attrs, 2462 Stmt *SubStmt); 2463 2464 StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, 2465 FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar, 2466 Stmt *ThenVal, 2467 SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal); 2468 StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2469 Expr *Cond, 2470 Decl *CondVar); 2471 StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2472 Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body); 2473 StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2474 FullExprArg Cond, 2475 Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body); 2476 StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body, 2477 SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2478 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond, 2479 SourceLocation CondRParen); 2480 2481 StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2482 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2483 Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second, 2484 Decl *SecondVar, 2485 FullExprArg Third, 2486 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2487 Stmt *Body); 2488 ExprResult ActOnObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc, 2489 Expr *collection); 2490 StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc, 2491 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2492 Stmt *First, Expr *Second, 2493 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Stmt *Body); 2494 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2495 SourceLocation LParenLoc, Stmt *LoopVar, 2496 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection, 2497 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2498 StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2499 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2500 Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl, 2501 Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc, 2502 Stmt *LoopVarDecl, 2503 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2504 StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body); 2505 2506 StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2507 SourceLocation LabelLoc, 2508 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 2509 StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2510 SourceLocation StarLoc, 2511 Expr *DestExp); 2512 StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2513 StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2514 2515 const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E, 2516 bool AllowFunctionParameters); 2517 2518 StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2519 StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2520 2521 StmtResult ActOnAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, 2522 bool IsSimple, bool IsVolatile, 2523 unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs, 2524 IdentifierInfo **Names, 2525 MultiExprArg Constraints, 2526 MultiExprArg Exprs, 2527 Expr *AsmString, 2528 MultiExprArg Clobbers, 2529 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2530 bool MSAsm = false); 2531 2532 2533 VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType, 2534 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2535 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 2536 bool Invalid = false); 2537 2538 Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2539 2540 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen, 2541 Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body); 2542 2543 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2544 2545 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try, 2546 MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally); 2547 2548 StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw); 2549 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw, 2550 Scope *CurScope); 2551 ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc, 2552 Expr *operand); 2553 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, 2554 Expr *SynchExpr, 2555 Stmt *SynchBody); 2556 2557 StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2558 2559 VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2560 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2561 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2562 IdentifierInfo *Id); 2563 2564 Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2565 2566 StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc, 2567 Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock); 2568 StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, 2569 MultiStmtArg Handlers); 2570 2571 StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ? 2572 SourceLocation TryLoc, 2573 Stmt *TryBlock, 2574 Stmt *Handler); 2575 2576 StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2577 Expr *FilterExpr, 2578 Stmt *Block); 2579 2580 StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2581 Stmt *Block); 2582 2583 void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock); 2584 2585 bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const; 2586 2587 /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track 2588 /// of it. 2589 void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D); 2590 2591 /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression 2592 /// whose result is unused, warn. 2593 void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S); 2594 void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND); 2595 2596 /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null 2597 /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line. 2598 /// 2599 /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as: 2600 /// if (condition); 2601 /// do_stuff(); 2602 void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc, 2603 const Stmt *Body, 2604 unsigned DiagID); 2605 2606 /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by 2607 /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body. 2608 void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S, 2609 const Stmt *PossibleBody); 2610 2611 ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration() { 2612 return DelayedDiagnostics.pushParsingDecl(); 2613 } 2614 void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl) { 2615 DelayedDiagnostics::popParsingDecl(*this, state, decl); 2616 } 2617 2618 typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState; 2619 ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() { 2620 return DelayedDiagnostics.pushContext(); 2621 } 2622 void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) { 2623 DelayedDiagnostics.popContext(state); 2624 } 2625 2626 void EmitDeprecationWarning(NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message, 2627 SourceLocation Loc, 2628 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0); 2629 2630 void HandleDelayedDeprecationCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 2631 2632 bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc, 2633 StringRef message); 2634 2635 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2636 // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp. 2637 2638 bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D); 2639 bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2640 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0); 2641 void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD); 2642 std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD); 2643 bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 2644 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter, 2645 SourceLocation Loc); 2646 void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2647 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs); 2648 2649 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 2650 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 2651 bool IsDecltype = false); 2652 2653 void PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 2654 2655 void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 2656 2657 ExprResult TranformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E); 2658 ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E); 2659 2660 ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res); 2661 2662 // Functions for marking a declaration referenced. These functions also 2663 // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or 2664 // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense). There are separate variants 2665 // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking 2666 // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the 2667 // named expressions. 2668 void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D); 2669 void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func); 2670 void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var); 2671 void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E); 2672 void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E); 2673 2674 void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E); 2675 void CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 2676 2677 enum TryCaptureKind { 2678 TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef 2679 }; 2680 2681 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 2682 /// 2683 /// \param Var The variable to capture. 2684 /// 2685 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs. 2686 /// 2687 /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a 2688 /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda). 2689 /// 2690 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in 2691 /// an explicit lambda capture. 2692 /// 2693 /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the 2694 /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether 2695 /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining 2696 /// if the variable cannot be captured. 2697 /// 2698 /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture 2699 /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the 2700 /// variable can be captured. 2701 /// 2702 /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a refernce to the capture 2703 /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be 2704 /// captured. 2705 /// 2706 /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be 2707 /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded. 2708 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind, 2709 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose, 2710 QualType &CaptureType, 2711 QualType &DeclRefType); 2712 2713 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 2714 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, 2715 TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit, 2716 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation()); 2717 2718 /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that 2719 /// variable will have in the given scope. 2720 QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc); 2721 2722 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); 2723 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E, 2724 bool SkipLocalVariables = false); 2725 2726 /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a 2727 /// call. Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was 2728 /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid. 2729 bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD, 2730 bool ForceComplain = false, 2731 bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = 0); 2732 2733 /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call. 2734 bool isExprCallable(const Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy, 2735 UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads); 2736 2737 /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current 2738 /// evaluation context. 2739 /// 2740 /// \param stmt - If stmt is non-null, delay reporting the diagnostic until 2741 /// the function body is parsed, and then do a basic reachability analysis to 2742 /// determine if the statement is reachable. If it is unreachable, the 2743 /// diagnostic will not be emitted. 2744 bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement, 2745 const PartialDiagnostic &PD); 2746 2747 // Primary Expressions. 2748 SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const; 2749 2750 ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2751 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2752 UnqualifiedId &Id, 2753 bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand, 2754 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 2755 2756 void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id, 2757 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer, 2758 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2759 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs); 2760 2761 bool DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R, 2762 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2763 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0, 2764 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *>()); 2765 2766 ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S, 2767 IdentifierInfo *II, 2768 bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false); 2769 2770 ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2771 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2772 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2773 bool isAddressOfOperand, 2774 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2775 2776 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 2777 ExprValueKind VK, 2778 SourceLocation Loc, 2779 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 2780 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 2781 ExprValueKind VK, 2782 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2783 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 2784 ExprResult 2785 BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2786 SourceLocation nameLoc, 2787 IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField, 2788 Expr *baseObjectExpr = 0, 2789 SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation()); 2790 ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2791 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2792 LookupResult &R, 2793 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2794 ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2795 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2796 LookupResult &R, 2797 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 2798 bool IsDefiniteInstance); 2799 bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2800 const LookupResult &R, 2801 bool HasTrailingLParen); 2802 2803 ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2804 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo); 2805 ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2806 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2807 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2808 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2809 2810 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2811 LookupResult &R, 2812 bool NeedsADL); 2813 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2814 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2815 NamedDecl *D); 2816 2817 ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R, 2818 DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo, 2819 ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, 2820 SourceLocation LitEndLoc, 2821 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 2822 2823 ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 2824 ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val); 2825 ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 2826 ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 2827 ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E); 2828 ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L, 2829 SourceLocation R, 2830 MultiExprArg Val); 2831 2832 /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string 2833 /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). 2834 ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks, 2835 Scope *UDLScope = 0); 2836 2837 ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 2838 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2839 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2840 Expr *ControllingExpr, 2841 MultiTypeArg ArgTypes, 2842 MultiExprArg ArgExprs); 2843 ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 2844 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2845 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2846 Expr *ControllingExpr, 2847 TypeSourceInfo **Types, 2848 Expr **Exprs, 2849 unsigned NumAssocs); 2850 2851 // Binary/Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. 2852 ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc, 2853 Expr *InputExpr); 2854 ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2855 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input); 2856 ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2857 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input); 2858 2859 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2860 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2861 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 2862 SourceRange R); 2863 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2864 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 2865 ExprResult 2866 ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2867 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 2868 bool IsType, void *TyOrEx, 2869 const SourceRange &ArgRange); 2870 2871 ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E); 2872 bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E); 2873 2874 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 2875 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2876 SourceRange ExprRange, 2877 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 2878 ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S, 2879 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2880 IdentifierInfo &Name, 2881 SourceLocation NameLoc, 2882 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2883 ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2884 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input); 2885 2886 ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 2887 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 2888 ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 2889 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 2890 2891 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 2892 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 2893 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2894 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2895 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 2896 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2897 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2898 2899 // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow 2900 // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after 2901 // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the 2902 // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class 2903 // defines a custom operator->). 2904 struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs { 2905 Scope *S; 2906 UnqualifiedId &Id; 2907 Decl *ObjCImpDecl; 2908 bool HasTrailingLParen; 2909 }; 2910 2911 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 2912 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 2913 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2914 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2915 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 2916 LookupResult &R, 2917 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 2918 bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false, 2919 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = 0); 2920 2921 ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow); 2922 ExprResult LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &Base, 2923 bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2924 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2925 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 2926 bool HasTemplateArgs); 2927 2928 bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType, 2929 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2930 const LookupResult &R); 2931 2932 ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 2933 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2934 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2935 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2936 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 2937 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2938 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2939 2940 ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 2941 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2942 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 2943 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2944 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2945 UnqualifiedId &Member, 2946 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 2947 bool HasTrailingLParen); 2948 2949 void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl); 2950 bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn, 2951 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 2952 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 2953 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2954 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2955 bool ExecConfig = false); 2956 void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, 2957 ParmVarDecl *Param, 2958 const Expr *ArgExpr); 2959 2960 /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments. 2961 /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma 2962 /// locations. 2963 ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2964 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2965 Expr *ExecConfig = 0, bool IsExecConfig = false); 2966 ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl, 2967 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2968 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2969 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2970 Expr *Config = 0, 2971 bool IsExecConfig = false); 2972 2973 ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc, 2974 MultiExprArg ExecConfig, 2975 SourceLocation GGGLoc); 2976 2977 ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2978 Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty, 2979 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr); 2980 ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2981 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 2982 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2983 Expr *Op); 2984 CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType); 2985 2986 /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal. 2987 ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2988 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E, 2989 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 2990 2991 ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME); 2992 2993 ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2994 ParsedType Ty, 2995 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2996 Expr *InitExpr); 2997 2998 ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2999 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3000 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3001 Expr *LiteralExpr); 3002 3003 ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 3004 MultiExprArg InitArgList, 3005 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 3006 3007 ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig, 3008 SourceLocation Loc, 3009 bool GNUSyntax, 3010 ExprResult Init); 3011 3012 ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc, 3013 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3014 ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3015 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3016 ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, 3017 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3018 3019 /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null 3020 /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension. 3021 ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc, 3022 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 3023 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3024 3025 /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo". 3026 ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc, 3027 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 3028 3029 void ActOnStartStmtExpr(); 3030 ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, 3031 SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})" 3032 void ActOnStmtExprError(); 3033 3034 // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*) 3035 struct OffsetOfComponent { 3036 SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd; 3037 bool isBrackets; // true if [expr], false if .ident 3038 union { 3039 IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo; 3040 Expr *E; 3041 } U; 3042 }; 3043 3044 /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c) 3045 ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3046 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3047 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3048 unsigned NumComponents, 3049 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3050 ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S, 3051 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3052 SourceLocation TypeLoc, 3053 ParsedType ParsedArgTy, 3054 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3055 unsigned NumComponents, 3056 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3057 3058 // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2) 3059 ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3060 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, 3061 Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3062 3063 // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type) 3064 ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty, 3065 SourceLocation RPLoc); 3066 ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, 3067 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3068 3069 // __null 3070 ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc); 3071 3072 bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E); 3073 3074 /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check. 3075 enum IfExistsResult { 3076 /// \brief The symbol exists. 3077 IER_Exists, 3078 3079 /// \brief The symbol does not exist. 3080 IER_DoesNotExist, 3081 3082 /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ 3083 /// from one instantiation to the next. 3084 IER_Dependent, 3085 3086 /// \brief An error occurred. 3087 IER_Error 3088 }; 3089 3090 IfExistsResult 3091 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3092 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo); 3093 3094 IfExistsResult 3095 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3096 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3097 UnqualifiedId &Name); 3098 3099 StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3100 bool IsIfExists, 3101 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 3102 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, 3103 Stmt *Nested); 3104 StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3105 bool IsIfExists, 3106 CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name, 3107 Stmt *Nested); 3108 3109 //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===// 3110 3111 /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is 3112 /// started. 3113 void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3114 3115 /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments. 3116 /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked. 3117 void ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope); 3118 3119 /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback 3120 /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl. 3121 void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3122 3123 /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement 3124 /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...} 3125 ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body, 3126 Scope *CurScope); 3127 3128 //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===// 3129 3130 /// __builtin_astype(...) 3131 ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, 3132 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3133 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3134 3135 //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===// 3136 3137 // Act on C++ namespaces 3138 Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc, 3139 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3140 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3141 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 3142 SourceLocation LBrace, 3143 AttributeList *AttrList); 3144 void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace); 3145 3146 NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const; 3147 NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace(); 3148 3149 CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const; 3150 3151 /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if 3152 /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element. 3153 bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element); 3154 3155 /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it 3156 /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found. 3157 /// 3158 /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error. 3159 QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc); 3160 3161 /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as 3162 /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2. 3163 bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor); 3164 3165 Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope, 3166 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3167 SourceLocation NamespcLoc, 3168 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3169 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3170 IdentifierInfo *NamespcName, 3171 AttributeList *AttrList); 3172 3173 void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir); 3174 3175 Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope, 3176 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3177 SourceLocation AliasLoc, 3178 IdentifierInfo *Alias, 3179 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3180 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3181 IdentifierInfo *Ident); 3182 3183 void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow); 3184 bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target, 3185 const LookupResult &PreviousDecls); 3186 UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD, 3187 NamedDecl *Target); 3188 3189 bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3190 bool isTypeName, 3191 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3192 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3193 const LookupResult &Previous); 3194 bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3195 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3196 SourceLocation NameLoc); 3197 3198 NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3199 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3200 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3201 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3202 AttributeList *AttrList, 3203 bool IsInstantiation, 3204 bool IsTypeName, 3205 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3206 3207 bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD); 3208 3209 Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3210 AccessSpecifier AS, 3211 bool HasUsingKeyword, 3212 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3213 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3214 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3215 AttributeList *AttrList, 3216 bool IsTypeName, 3217 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3218 Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3219 AccessSpecifier AS, 3220 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3221 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3222 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3223 TypeResult Type); 3224 3225 /// InitializeVarWithConstructor - Creates an CXXConstructExpr 3226 /// and sets it as the initializer for the the passed in VarDecl. 3227 bool InitializeVarWithConstructor(VarDecl *VD, 3228 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 3229 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3230 bool HadMultipleCandidates); 3231 3232 /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor, 3233 /// including handling of its default argument expressions. 3234 /// 3235 /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind 3236 ExprResult 3237 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3238 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs, 3239 bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool RequiresZeroInit, 3240 unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange); 3241 3242 // FIXME: Can re remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if 3243 // the constructor can be elidable? 3244 ExprResult 3245 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3246 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, 3247 MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates, 3248 bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind, 3249 SourceRange ParenRange); 3250 3251 /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating 3252 /// the default expr if needed. 3253 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3254 FunctionDecl *FD, 3255 ParmVarDecl *Param); 3256 3257 /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the 3258 /// constructed variable. 3259 void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType); 3260 3261 /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for 3262 /// implicitly-declared special member functions. 3263 class ImplicitExceptionSpecification { 3264 // Pointer to allow copying 3265 Sema *Self; 3266 // We order exception specifications thus: 3267 // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++0x. 3268 // throw() comes next. 3269 // Then a throw(collected exceptions) 3270 // Finally no specification. 3271 // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it. 3272 // 3273 // If this exception specification cannot be known yet (for instance, 3274 // because this is the exception specification for a defaulted default 3275 // constructor and we haven't finished parsing the deferred parts of the 3276 // class yet), the C++0x standard does not specify how to behave. We 3277 // record this as an 'unknown' exception specification, which overrules 3278 // any other specification (even 'none', to keep this rule simple). 3279 ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST; 3280 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen; 3281 SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions; 3282 3283 void ClearExceptions() { 3284 ExceptionsSeen.clear(); 3285 Exceptions.clear(); 3286 } 3287 3288 public: 3289 explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self) 3290 : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) { 3291 if (!Self.Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x) 3292 ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone; 3293 } 3294 3295 /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type. 3296 ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { 3297 assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && 3298 "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result"); 3299 return ComputedEST; 3300 } 3301 3302 /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification. 3303 unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); } 3304 3305 /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification. 3306 const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); } 3307 3308 /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data. 3309 void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3310 3311 /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data. 3312 void CalledExpr(Expr *E); 3313 3314 /// \brief Specify that the exception specification can't be detemined yet. 3315 void SetDelayed() { 3316 ClearExceptions(); 3317 ComputedEST = EST_Delayed; 3318 } 3319 3320 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const { 3321 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 3322 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType(); 3323 EPI.NumExceptions = size(); 3324 EPI.Exceptions = data(); 3325 return EPI; 3326 } 3327 }; 3328 3329 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3330 /// copy constructor of a class will have. 3331 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3332 ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3333 3334 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3335 /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter 3336 /// will be const. 3337 std::pair<ImplicitExceptionSpecification, bool> 3338 ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpecAndConst(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3339 3340 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled 3341 /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the 3342 /// parameter will be const. 3343 std::pair<ImplicitExceptionSpecification, bool> 3344 ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpecAndConst(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3345 3346 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3347 /// constructor of a class will have. 3348 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3349 ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3350 3351 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3352 /// assignment operator of a class will have. 3353 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3354 ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3355 3356 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3357 /// destructor of a class will have. 3358 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3359 ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3360 3361 /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the 3362 /// extended prototype information with the results. 3363 void checkExceptionSpecification(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, 3364 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions, 3365 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, 3366 Expr *NoexceptExpr, 3367 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions, 3368 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); 3369 3370 /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted 3371 /// definition when it is defaulted. 3372 bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 3373 bool Diagnose = false); 3374 3375 /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class. 3376 /// 3377 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3378 /// default constructor will be added. 3379 /// 3380 /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor. 3381 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor( 3382 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3383 3384 /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3385 /// defining this constructor as the default constructor. 3386 void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3387 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3388 3389 /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class. 3390 /// 3391 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3392 /// destructor will be added. 3393 /// 3394 /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor. 3395 CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3396 3397 /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of 3398 /// defining this destructor as the default destructor. 3399 void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3400 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3401 3402 /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one. 3403 /// 3404 /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one 3405 /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared. 3406 void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 3407 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor, 3408 bool WasDelayed = false); 3409 3410 /// \brief Declare all inherited constructors for the given class. 3411 /// 3412 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inherited 3413 /// constructors will be added. 3414 void DeclareInheritedConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3415 3416 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class. 3417 /// 3418 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3419 /// copy constructor will be added. 3420 /// 3421 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor. 3422 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3423 3424 /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3425 /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor. 3426 void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3427 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3428 3429 /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class. 3430 /// 3431 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3432 /// move constructor will be added. 3433 /// 3434 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't 3435 /// declared. 3436 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3437 3438 /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3439 /// defining this constructor as the move constructor. 3440 void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3441 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3442 3443 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class. 3444 /// 3445 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3446 /// copy assignment operator will be added. 3447 /// 3448 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3449 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3450 3451 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3452 void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3453 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3454 3455 /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class. 3456 /// 3457 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3458 /// move assignment operator will be added. 3459 /// 3460 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it 3461 /// wasn't declared. 3462 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3463 3464 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator. 3465 void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3466 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3467 3468 /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this 3469 /// class. 3470 void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 3471 3472 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted 3473 /// special member function. 3474 bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD); 3475 3476 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member 3477 /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be. 3478 /// 3479 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3480 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3481 3482 /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static 3483 /// member function. 3484 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3485 3486 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given 3487 /// static member function. 3488 /// 3489 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3490 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3491 3492 /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with 3493 /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise 3494 /// it simply returns the passed in expression. 3495 ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E); 3496 3497 bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 3498 MultiExprArg ArgsPtr, 3499 SourceLocation Loc, 3500 ASTOwningVector<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs, 3501 bool AllowExplicit = false); 3502 3503 ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3504 IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 3505 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3506 ParsedType ObjectType, 3507 bool EnteringContext); 3508 3509 ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType); 3510 3511 // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior. 3512 void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType, 3513 bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range); 3514 3515 /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's. 3516 ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3517 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3518 SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc, 3519 Declarator &D, 3520 SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc, 3521 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3522 Expr *E, 3523 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3524 3525 ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3526 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3527 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3528 Expr *E, 3529 SourceRange AngleBrackets, 3530 SourceRange Parens); 3531 3532 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3533 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3534 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3535 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3536 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3537 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3538 Expr *Operand, 3539 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3540 3541 /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ). 3542 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3543 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3544 void *TyOrExpr, 3545 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3546 3547 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3548 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3549 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3550 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3551 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3552 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3553 Expr *Operand, 3554 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3555 3556 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ). 3557 ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3558 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3559 void *TyOrExpr, 3560 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3561 3562 3563 //// ActOnCXXThis - Parse 'this' pointer. 3564 ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc); 3565 3566 /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer. 3567 /// 3568 /// \param Capture If true, capture 'this' in this context. 3569 /// 3570 /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 3571 QualType getCurrentThisType(); 3572 3573 /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the 3574 /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases, 3575 /// this provides the type used for 'this'. 3576 QualType CXXThisTypeOverride; 3577 3578 /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression 3579 /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type. 3580 class CXXThisScopeRAII { 3581 Sema &S; 3582 QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride; 3583 bool Enabled; 3584 3585 public: 3586 /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled), 3587 /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a 3588 /// class) along with the given qualifiers. 3589 /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'. 3590 CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals, 3591 bool Enabled = true); 3592 3593 ~CXXThisScopeRAII(); 3594 }; 3595 3596 /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current 3597 /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context. 3598 /// 3599 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs. 3600 /// 3601 /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda 3602 /// capture list. 3603 void CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false); 3604 3605 /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used 3606 /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently 3607 /// being defined. 3608 bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType); 3609 3610 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. 3611 ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3612 3613 3614 /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals. 3615 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3616 3617 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. 3618 ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc); 3619 3620 //// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. 3621 ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr); 3622 ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, 3623 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3624 ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E, 3625 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3626 3627 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. 3628 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") 3629 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") 3630 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). 3631 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, 3632 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3633 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3634 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3635 3636 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type, 3637 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3638 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3639 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3640 3641 /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression. 3642 ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 3643 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3644 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3645 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3646 SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D, 3647 Expr *Initializer); 3648 ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 3649 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3650 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3651 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3652 SourceRange TypeIdParens, 3653 QualType AllocType, 3654 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, 3655 Expr *ArraySize, 3656 SourceRange DirectInitRange, 3657 Expr *Initializer, 3658 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 3659 3660 bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, 3661 SourceRange R); 3662 bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3663 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray, 3664 Expr **PlaceArgs, unsigned NumPlaceArgs, 3665 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, 3666 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete); 3667 bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3668 DeclarationName Name, Expr** Args, 3669 unsigned NumArgs, DeclContext *Ctx, 3670 bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator, 3671 bool Diagnose = true); 3672 void DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 3673 void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return, 3674 QualType Argument, 3675 bool addMallocAttr = false); 3676 3677 bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, 3678 DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator, 3679 bool Diagnose = true); 3680 3681 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression 3682 ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, 3683 bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm, 3684 Expr *Operand); 3685 3686 DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 3687 ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, 3688 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 3689 bool ConvertToBoolean); 3690 3691 ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen, 3692 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen); 3693 ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, 3694 SourceLocation RParen); 3695 3696 /// ActOnUnaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 3697 /// pseudo-functions. 3698 ExprResult ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 3699 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3700 ParsedType Ty, 3701 SourceLocation RParen); 3702 3703 ExprResult BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 3704 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3705 TypeSourceInfo *T, 3706 SourceLocation RParen); 3707 3708 /// ActOnBinaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 3709 /// pseudo-functions. 3710 ExprResult ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait OTT, 3711 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3712 ParsedType LhsTy, 3713 ParsedType RhsTy, 3714 SourceLocation RParen); 3715 3716 ExprResult BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT, 3717 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3718 TypeSourceInfo *LhsT, 3719 TypeSourceInfo *RhsT, 3720 SourceLocation RParen); 3721 3722 /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions. 3723 ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 3724 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, 3725 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3726 ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 3727 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 3728 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3729 3730 /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 3731 /// pseudo-functions. 3732 ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 3733 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3734 ParsedType LhsTy, 3735 Expr *DimExpr, 3736 SourceLocation RParen); 3737 3738 ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 3739 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3740 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 3741 Expr *DimExpr, 3742 SourceLocation RParen); 3743 3744 /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 3745 /// pseudo-functions. 3746 ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 3747 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3748 Expr *Queried, 3749 SourceLocation RParen); 3750 3751 ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 3752 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3753 Expr *Queried, 3754 SourceLocation RParen); 3755 3756 ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, 3757 Expr *Base, 3758 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3759 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3760 ParsedType &ObjectType, 3761 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor); 3762 3763 ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr); 3764 3765 ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, 3766 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3767 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3768 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3769 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType, 3770 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3771 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3772 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType, 3773 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3774 3775 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3776 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3777 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3778 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3779 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, 3780 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3781 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3782 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName, 3783 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3784 3785 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3786 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3787 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3788 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3789 const DeclSpec& DS, 3790 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3791 3792 /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression 3793 /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node. 3794 /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression. 3795 Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr); 3796 Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt); 3797 ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr); 3798 3799 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr); 3800 StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt); 3801 3802 // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type. 3803 bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC); 3804 3805 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T); 3806 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3807 bool EnteringContext = false); 3808 bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3809 CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 3810 bool isUnknownSpecialization(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3811 3812 /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'. 3813 /// 3814 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 3815 /// 3816 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 3817 /// 3818 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place 3819 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier. 3820 /// 3821 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 3822 bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc, 3823 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3824 3825 bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(NamedDecl *SD); 3826 NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 3827 3828 bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3829 SourceLocation IdLoc, 3830 IdentifierInfo &II, 3831 ParsedType ObjectType); 3832 3833 bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 3834 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 3835 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 3836 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3837 QualType ObjectType, 3838 bool EnteringContext, 3839 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3840 NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult, 3841 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup); 3842 3843 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'. 3844 /// 3845 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 3846 /// 3847 /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'. 3848 /// 3849 /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier. 3850 /// 3851 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 3852 /// 3853 /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing 3854 /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression. 3855 /// 3856 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by 3857 /// this nested-name-specifier. 3858 /// 3859 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 3860 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 3861 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 3862 /// including this new type). 3863 /// 3864 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 3865 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 3866 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 3867 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 3868 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3869 ParsedType ObjectType, 3870 bool EnteringContext, 3871 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3872 3873 ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E); 3874 3875 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3876 const DeclSpec &DS, 3877 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc); 3878 3879 bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3880 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 3881 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 3882 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 3883 ParsedType ObjectType, 3884 bool EnteringContext); 3885 3886 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 3887 /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'. 3888 /// 3889 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 3890 /// 3891 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 3892 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 3893 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 3894 /// including this new type). 3895 /// 3896 /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 3897 /// \param TemplateName The template name. 3898 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 3899 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 3900 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 3901 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 3902 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 3903 /// 3904 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the 3905 /// nested-name-specifier. 3906 /// 3907 /// 3908 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 3909 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 3910 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3911 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3912 TemplateTy Template, 3913 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 3914 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 3915 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 3916 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 3917 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3918 bool EnteringContext); 3919 3920 /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value 3921 /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given 3922 /// nested-name-specifier. 3923 /// 3924 /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier. 3925 /// 3926 /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the 3927 /// nested-name-specifier \p SS. 3928 void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3929 3930 /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore 3931 /// the nested-name-specifier structure. 3932 /// 3933 /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by 3934 /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(). 3935 /// 3936 /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation. 3937 /// 3938 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents 3939 /// of the annotation pointer. 3940 void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation, 3941 SourceRange AnnotationRange, 3942 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3943 3944 bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3945 3946 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global 3947 /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id. 3948 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be 3949 /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and 3950 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called. 3951 /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec. 3952 bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3953 3954 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously 3955 /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same 3956 /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well. 3957 /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the 3958 /// defining scope. 3959 void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3960 3961 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an 3962 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 3963 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a 3964 /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of 3965 /// class X. 3966 void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 3967 3968 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an 3969 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 3970 void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 3971 3972 /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type. 3973 CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange, 3974 bool KnownDependent = false); 3975 3976 /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression. 3977 CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 3978 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 3979 TypeSourceInfo *MethodType, 3980 SourceLocation EndLoc, 3981 llvm::ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params, 3982 llvm::Optional<unsigned> ManglingNumber 3983 = llvm::Optional<unsigned>(), 3984 Decl *ContextDecl = 0); 3985 3986 /// \brief Introduce the scope for a lambda expression. 3987 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *enterLambdaScope(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 3988 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 3989 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault, 3990 bool ExplicitParams, 3991 bool ExplicitResultType, 3992 bool Mutable); 3993 3994 /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the 3995 /// given lambda. 3996 void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); 3997 3998 /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope. 3999 void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope); 4000 4001 /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start 4002 /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and 4003 /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the 4004 /// lambda. 4005 void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 4006 Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope); 4007 4008 /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback 4009 /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda. 4010 void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope, 4011 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4012 4013 /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression 4014 /// was successfully completed. 4015 ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body, 4016 Scope *CurScope, 4017 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4018 4019 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4020 /// function pointer. 4021 /// 4022 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4023 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4024 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4025 /// block pointer conversion. 4026 void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion( 4027 SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4028 4029 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4030 /// block pointer. 4031 /// 4032 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4033 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4034 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4035 /// block pointer conversion. 4036 void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc, 4037 CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4038 4039 ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 4040 SourceLocation ConvLocation, 4041 CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 4042 Expr *Src); 4043 4044 // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals. 4045 ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs, 4046 Expr **Strings, 4047 unsigned NumStrings); 4048 4049 ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S); 4050 4051 /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4052 /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *" 4053 /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable. 4054 ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number); 4055 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc, 4056 bool Value); 4057 ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements); 4058 4059 // BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4060 // '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will 4061 // either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of 4062 // ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or 4063 // "char *" or "const char *". 4064 ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr); 4065 4066 ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr, 4067 Expr *IndexExpr, 4068 ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod, 4069 ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod); 4070 4071 ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR, 4072 ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements, 4073 unsigned NumElements); 4074 4075 ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4076 TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo, 4077 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4078 ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 4079 CXXConversionDecl *Method, 4080 bool HadMultipleCandidates); 4081 4082 ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4083 SourceLocation EncodeLoc, 4084 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4085 ParsedType Ty, 4086 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4087 4088 // ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for @selector 4089 ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel, 4090 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4091 SourceLocation SelLoc, 4092 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4093 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4094 4095 // ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for @protocol 4096 ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName, 4097 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4098 SourceLocation ProtoLoc, 4099 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4100 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4101 4102 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4103 // C++ Declarations 4104 // 4105 Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4106 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4107 SourceLocation LangLoc, 4108 StringRef Lang, 4109 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 4110 Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4111 Decl *LinkageSpec, 4112 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 4113 4114 4115 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4116 // C++ Classes 4117 // 4118 bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S, 4119 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 4120 4121 bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access, 4122 SourceLocation ASLoc, 4123 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4124 AttributeList *Attrs = 0); 4125 4126 Decl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 4127 Declarator &D, 4128 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4129 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS, 4130 bool HasDeferredInit); 4131 void ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4132 Expr *Init); 4133 4134 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4135 Scope *S, 4136 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4137 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4138 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4139 const DeclSpec &DS, 4140 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4141 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4142 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 4143 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4144 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4145 4146 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4147 Scope *S, 4148 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4149 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4150 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4151 const DeclSpec &DS, 4152 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4153 Expr *InitList, 4154 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4155 4156 MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4157 Scope *S, 4158 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4159 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4160 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4161 const DeclSpec &DS, 4162 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4163 Expr *Init, 4164 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4165 4166 MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member, 4167 Expr *Init, 4168 SourceLocation IdLoc); 4169 4170 MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType, 4171 TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo, 4172 Expr *Init, 4173 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 4174 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4175 4176 MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4177 Expr *Init, 4178 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4179 4180 bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 4181 CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer); 4182 4183 bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 4184 CXXCtorInitializer **Initializers, 4185 unsigned NumInitializers, bool AnyErrors); 4186 4187 void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation); 4188 4189 4190 /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl, 4191 /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as 4192 /// referenced. 4193 void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4194 CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4195 4196 /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within 4197 /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the 4198 /// first use occurred. 4199 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse; 4200 4201 /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been 4202 /// materialized. 4203 SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses; 4204 4205 /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within 4206 /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is 4207 /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed 4208 /// by code generation). 4209 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed; 4210 4211 /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses. 4212 void LoadExternalVTableUses(); 4213 4214 typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 4215 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2> 4216 DynamicClassesType; 4217 4218 /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation 4219 /// unit. 4220 DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses; 4221 4222 /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the 4223 /// given location. 4224 void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4225 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 4226 4227 /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given 4228 /// CXXRecordDecl referenced. 4229 void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4230 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4231 4232 /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this 4233 /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those 4234 /// vtables. 4235 /// 4236 /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise. 4237 bool DefineUsedVTables(); 4238 4239 void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4240 4241 void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl, 4242 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4243 CXXCtorInitializer **MemInits, 4244 unsigned NumMemInits, 4245 bool AnyErrors); 4246 4247 void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4248 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc, 4249 Decl *TagDecl, 4250 SourceLocation LBrac, 4251 SourceLocation RBrac, 4252 AttributeList *AttrList); 4253 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls(); 4254 4255 void ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template); 4256 void ActOnReenterDeclaratorTemplateScope(Scope *S, DeclaratorDecl *D); 4257 void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4258 void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4259 void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param); 4260 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4261 void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4262 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record); 4263 void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, bool Flag = true); 4264 bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction(); 4265 4266 Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4267 Expr *AssertExpr, 4268 Expr *AssertMessageExpr, 4269 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4270 4271 FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation Loc, 4272 SourceLocation FriendLoc, 4273 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo); 4274 Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 4275 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4276 Decl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4277 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4278 4279 QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4280 StorageClass& SC); 4281 void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 4282 QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4283 StorageClass& SC); 4284 bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 4285 void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R, 4286 StorageClass& SC); 4287 Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion); 4288 4289 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMethods(CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4290 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedDefaultConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor); 4291 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedCopyConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor); 4292 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedCopyAssignment(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 4293 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMoveConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor); 4294 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMoveAssignment(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 4295 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor); 4296 4297 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4298 // C++ Derived Classes 4299 // 4300 4301 /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier 4302 CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4303 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4304 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4305 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4306 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4307 4308 BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl, 4309 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4310 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4311 ParsedType basetype, 4312 SourceLocation BaseLoc, 4313 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4314 4315 bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4316 unsigned NumBases); 4317 void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4318 unsigned NumBases); 4319 4320 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base); 4321 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4322 4323 // FIXME: I don't like this name. 4324 void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4325 4326 bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4327 4328 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4329 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4330 CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 4331 bool IgnoreAccess = false); 4332 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4333 unsigned InaccessibleBaseID, 4334 unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID, 4335 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4336 DeclarationName Name, 4337 CXXCastPath *BasePath); 4338 4339 std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4340 4341 /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are 4342 /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5. 4343 bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4344 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4345 4346 /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception 4347 /// spec is a subset of base spec. 4348 bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4349 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4350 4351 bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange); 4352 4353 /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++0x override control semantics. 4354 void CheckOverrideControl(const Decl *D); 4355 4356 /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function 4357 /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to 4358 /// C++0x [class.virtual]p3. 4359 bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4360 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4361 4362 4363 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4364 // C++ Access Control 4365 // 4366 4367 enum AccessResult { 4368 AR_accessible, 4369 AR_inaccessible, 4370 AR_dependent, 4371 AR_delayed 4372 }; 4373 4374 bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl, 4375 NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl, 4376 AccessSpecifier LexicalAS); 4377 4378 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E, 4379 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4380 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E, 4381 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4382 AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc, 4383 SourceRange PlacementRange, 4384 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, 4385 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 4386 bool Diagnose = true); 4387 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4388 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4389 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4390 AccessSpecifier Access, 4391 bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false); 4392 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4393 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4394 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4395 AccessSpecifier Access, 4396 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag); 4397 AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4398 CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor, 4399 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 4400 QualType objectType = QualType()); 4401 AccessResult CheckDirectMemberAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4402 NamedDecl *D, 4403 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag); 4404 AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4405 Expr *ObjectExpr, 4406 Expr *ArgExpr, 4407 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4408 AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr, 4409 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4410 AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc, 4411 QualType Base, QualType Derived, 4412 const CXXBasePath &Path, 4413 unsigned DiagID, 4414 bool ForceCheck = false, 4415 bool ForceUnprivileged = false); 4416 void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R); 4417 bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx); 4418 bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl, 4419 AccessSpecifier access, 4420 QualType objectType); 4421 4422 void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD, 4423 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4424 void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern, 4425 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4426 4427 void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 4428 4429 /// A flag to suppress access checking. 4430 bool SuppressAccessChecking; 4431 4432 /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE 4433 /// failures rather than hard errors. 4434 bool AccessCheckingSFINAE; 4435 4436 /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily suppress access checking. 4437 class SuppressAccessChecksRAII { 4438 Sema &S; 4439 bool SuppressingAccess; 4440 4441 public: 4442 SuppressAccessChecksRAII(Sema &S, bool Suppress) 4443 : S(S), SuppressingAccess(Suppress) { 4444 if (Suppress) S.ActOnStartSuppressingAccessChecks(); 4445 } 4446 ~SuppressAccessChecksRAII() { 4447 done(); 4448 } 4449 void done() { 4450 if (!SuppressingAccess) return; 4451 S.ActOnStopSuppressingAccessChecks(); 4452 SuppressingAccess = false; 4453 } 4454 }; 4455 4456 void ActOnStartSuppressingAccessChecks(); 4457 void ActOnStopSuppressingAccessChecks(); 4458 4459 enum AbstractDiagSelID { 4460 AbstractNone = -1, 4461 AbstractReturnType, 4462 AbstractParamType, 4463 AbstractVariableType, 4464 AbstractFieldType, 4465 AbstractArrayType 4466 }; 4467 4468 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4469 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 4470 template<typename T1> 4471 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4472 unsigned DiagID, 4473 const T1 &Arg1) { 4474 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 4475 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4476 } 4477 4478 template<typename T1, typename T2> 4479 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4480 unsigned DiagID, 4481 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 4482 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 4483 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4484 } 4485 4486 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 4487 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4488 unsigned DiagID, 4489 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 4490 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3); 4491 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4492 } 4493 4494 void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4495 4496 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, 4497 AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone); 4498 4499 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4500 // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5] 4501 // 4502 4503 bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4504 4505 bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4506 4507 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4508 // C++ Templates [C++ 14] 4509 // 4510 void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4511 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4512 bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4513 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4514 4515 void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4516 QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext, 4517 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4518 4519 TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S, 4520 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4521 bool hasTemplateKeyword, 4522 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4523 ParsedType ObjectType, 4524 bool EnteringContext, 4525 TemplateTy &Template, 4526 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4527 4528 bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 4529 SourceLocation IILoc, 4530 Scope *S, 4531 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, 4532 TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate, 4533 TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind); 4534 4535 void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl); 4536 TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl); 4537 4538 Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, bool Ellipsis, 4539 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4540 SourceLocation KeyLoc, 4541 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4542 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4543 unsigned Depth, unsigned Position, 4544 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4545 ParsedType DefaultArg); 4546 4547 QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 4548 Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4549 unsigned Depth, 4550 unsigned Position, 4551 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4552 Expr *DefaultArg); 4553 Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S, 4554 SourceLocation TmpLoc, 4555 TemplateParameterList *Params, 4556 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4557 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4558 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4559 unsigned Depth, 4560 unsigned Position, 4561 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4562 ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg); 4563 4564 TemplateParameterList * 4565 ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth, 4566 SourceLocation ExportLoc, 4567 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4568 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4569 Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 4570 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4571 4572 /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter 4573 /// list. 4574 enum TemplateParamListContext { 4575 TPC_ClassTemplate, 4576 TPC_FunctionTemplate, 4577 TPC_ClassTemplateMember, 4578 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate, 4579 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition, 4580 TPC_TypeAliasTemplate 4581 }; 4582 4583 bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams, 4584 TemplateParameterList *OldParams, 4585 TemplateParamListContext TPC); 4586 TemplateParameterList * 4587 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, 4588 SourceLocation DeclLoc, 4589 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4590 TemplateParameterList **ParamLists, 4591 unsigned NumParamLists, 4592 bool IsFriend, 4593 bool &IsExplicitSpecialization, 4594 bool &Invalid); 4595 4596 DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4597 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4598 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 4599 AttributeList *Attr, 4600 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, 4601 AccessSpecifier AS, 4602 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4603 unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists, 4604 TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists); 4605 4606 void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In, 4607 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out); 4608 4609 void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name); 4610 4611 QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template, 4612 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4613 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); 4614 4615 TypeResult 4616 ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4617 TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4618 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4619 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4620 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4621 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false); 4622 4623 /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id, 4624 /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>. 4625 /// 4626 /// \param TUK 4627 TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK, 4628 TypeSpecifierType TagSpec, 4629 SourceLocation TagLoc, 4630 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4631 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4632 TemplateTy TemplateD, 4633 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4634 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4635 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn, 4636 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4637 4638 4639 ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4640 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4641 LookupResult &R, 4642 bool RequiresADL, 4643 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4644 4645 ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4646 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4647 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 4648 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4649 4650 TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S, 4651 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4652 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4653 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4654 ParsedType ObjectType, 4655 bool EnteringContext, 4656 TemplateTy &Template); 4657 4658 DeclResult 4659 ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4660 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4661 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4662 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4663 TemplateTy Template, 4664 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4665 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4666 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4667 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4668 AttributeList *Attr, 4669 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 4670 4671 Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S, 4672 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4673 Declarator &D); 4674 4675 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 4676 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4677 Declarator &D); 4678 4679 bool 4680 CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc, 4681 TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK, 4682 NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 4683 TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK, 4684 SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation, 4685 bool &SuppressNew); 4686 4687 bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 4688 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 4689 LookupResult &Previous); 4690 4691 bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 4692 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 4693 LookupResult &Previous); 4694 bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous); 4695 4696 DeclResult 4697 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4698 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4699 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4700 unsigned TagSpec, 4701 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4702 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4703 TemplateTy Template, 4704 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4705 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4706 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4707 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4708 AttributeList *Attr); 4709 4710 DeclResult 4711 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4712 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4713 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4714 unsigned TagSpec, 4715 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4716 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4717 IdentifierInfo *Name, 4718 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4719 AttributeList *Attr); 4720 4721 DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4722 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4723 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4724 Declarator &D); 4725 4726 TemplateArgumentLoc 4727 SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template, 4728 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4729 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4730 Decl *Param, 4731 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 4732 4733 /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template 4734 /// argument is being checked. 4735 enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind { 4736 /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was 4737 /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments. 4738 CTAK_Specified, 4739 4740 /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument 4741 /// deduction. 4742 CTAK_Deduced, 4743 4744 /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound 4745 /// via template argument deduction. 4746 CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound 4747 }; 4748 4749 bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param, 4750 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 4751 NamedDecl *Template, 4752 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4753 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4754 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex, 4755 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 4756 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 4757 4758 /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to 4759 /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way. 4760 /// 4761 /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being 4762 /// provided. 4763 /// 4764 /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source. 4765 /// 4766 /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is 4767 /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of 4768 /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template 4769 /// arguments. 4770 /// 4771 /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is 4772 /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial 4773 /// set of template arguments. 4774 /// 4775 /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template 4776 /// arguments. 4777 /// 4778 /// 4779 /// \param ExpansionIntoFixedList If non-NULL, will be set true to indicate 4780 /// when the template arguments contain a pack expansion that is being 4781 /// expanded into a fixed parameter list. 4782 /// 4783 /// \returns True if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4784 bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template, 4785 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4786 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs, 4787 bool PartialTemplateArgs, 4788 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 4789 bool *ExpansionIntoFixedList = 0); 4790 4791 bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 4792 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 4793 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 4794 4795 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 4796 TypeSourceInfo *Arg); 4797 ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 4798 QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg, 4799 TemplateArgument &Converted, 4800 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 4801 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 4802 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg); 4803 4804 ExprResult 4805 BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 4806 QualType ParamType, 4807 SourceLocation Loc); 4808 ExprResult 4809 BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 4810 SourceLocation Loc); 4811 4812 /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared 4813 /// for equality. 4814 enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind { 4815 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates 4816 /// that might be redeclarations. 4817 /// 4818 /// \code 4819 /// template<typename T> struct X; 4820 /// template<typename T> struct X; 4821 /// \endcode 4822 TPL_TemplateMatch, 4823 4824 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template 4825 /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists 4826 /// of two templates that might be redeclarations. 4827 /// 4828 /// \code 4829 /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X; 4830 /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X; 4831 /// \endcode 4832 TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch, 4833 4834 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template 4835 /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template 4836 /// template parameter. 4837 /// 4838 /// \code 4839 /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X; 4840 /// template<int Value> struct integer_c; 4841 /// X<integer_c> xic; 4842 /// \endcode 4843 TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch 4844 }; 4845 4846 bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New, 4847 TemplateParameterList *Old, 4848 bool Complain, 4849 TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind, 4850 SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc 4851 = SourceLocation()); 4852 4853 bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams); 4854 4855 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 4856 /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type". 4857 /// 4858 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 4859 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 4860 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 4861 /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example). 4862 /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier. 4863 TypeResult 4864 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 4865 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II, 4866 SourceLocation IdLoc); 4867 4868 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 4869 /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g., 4870 /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>". 4871 /// 4872 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 4873 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 4874 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 4875 /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 4876 /// \param TemplateName The template name. 4877 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 4878 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 4879 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 4880 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 4881 TypeResult 4882 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 4883 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4884 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4885 TemplateTy Template, 4886 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4887 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4888 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4889 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4890 4891 QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 4892 SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 4893 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 4894 const IdentifierInfo &II, 4895 SourceLocation IILoc); 4896 4897 TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T, 4898 SourceLocation Loc, 4899 DeclarationName Name); 4900 bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4901 4902 ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E); 4903 bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation( 4904 TemplateParameterList *Params); 4905 4906 std::string 4907 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 4908 const TemplateArgumentList &Args); 4909 4910 std::string 4911 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 4912 const TemplateArgument *Args, 4913 unsigned NumArgs); 4914 4915 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4916 // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic]) 4917 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4918 4919 /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is 4920 /// being diagnosed. 4921 /// 4922 /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first 4923 /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic. 4924 enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext { 4925 /// \brief An arbitrary expression. 4926 UPPC_Expression = 0, 4927 4928 /// \brief The base type of a class type. 4929 UPPC_BaseType, 4930 4931 /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration. 4932 UPPC_DeclarationType, 4933 4934 /// \brief The type of a data member. 4935 UPPC_DataMemberType, 4936 4937 /// \brief The size of a bit-field. 4938 UPPC_BitFieldWidth, 4939 4940 /// \brief The expression in a static assertion. 4941 UPPC_StaticAssertExpression, 4942 4943 /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration. 4944 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType, 4945 4946 /// \brief The enumerator value. 4947 UPPC_EnumeratorValue, 4948 4949 /// \brief A using declaration. 4950 UPPC_UsingDeclaration, 4951 4952 /// \brief A friend declaration. 4953 UPPC_FriendDeclaration, 4954 4955 /// \brief A declaration qualifier. 4956 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier, 4957 4958 /// \brief An initializer. 4959 UPPC_Initializer, 4960 4961 /// \brief A default argument. 4962 UPPC_DefaultArgument, 4963 4964 /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter. 4965 UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType, 4966 4967 /// \brief The type of an exception. 4968 UPPC_ExceptionType, 4969 4970 /// \brief Partial specialization. 4971 UPPC_PartialSpecialization, 4972 4973 /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists. 4974 UPPC_IfExists, 4975 4976 /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists. 4977 UPPC_IfNotExists 4978}; 4979 4980 /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs. 4981 /// 4982 /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic. 4983 /// 4984 /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded 4985 /// parameter packs. 4986 /// 4987 /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs. 4988 void DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc, 4989 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC, 4990 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded); 4991 4992 /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 4993 /// diagnose the error. 4994 /// 4995 /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted. 4996 /// 4997 /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter 4998 /// packs. 4999 /// 5000 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5001 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T, 5002 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5003 5004 /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter 5005 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5006 /// 5007 /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded 5008 /// parameter packs. 5009 /// 5010 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5011 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E, 5012 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression); 5013 5014 /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded 5015 /// parameter pack, diagnose the error. 5016 /// 5017 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for 5018 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5019 /// 5020 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5021 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5022 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5023 5024 /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5025 /// diagnose the error. 5026 /// 5027 /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that 5028 /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs. 5029 /// 5030 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5031 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5032 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5033 5034 /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5035 /// diagnose the error. 5036 /// 5037 /// \param Loc The location of the template name. 5038 /// 5039 /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded 5040 /// parameter packs. 5041 /// 5042 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5043 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, 5044 TemplateName Template, 5045 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5046 5047 /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter 5048 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5049 /// 5050 /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded 5051 /// parameter packs. 5052 /// 5053 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5054 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5055 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5056 5057 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5058 /// template argument. 5059 /// 5060 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5061 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5062 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg, 5063 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5064 5065 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5066 /// template argument. 5067 /// 5068 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5069 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5070 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5071 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5072 5073 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5074 /// type. 5075 /// 5076 /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find 5077 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5078 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T, 5079 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5080 5081 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5082 /// type. 5083 /// 5084 /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find 5085 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5086 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL, 5087 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5088 5089 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5090 /// nested-name-specifier. 5091 /// 5092 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find 5093 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5094 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5095 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5096 5097 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5098 /// name. 5099 /// 5100 /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find 5101 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5102 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5103 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5104 5105 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an 5106 /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion. 5107 /// 5108 /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which 5109 /// may already be invalid. 5110 /// 5111 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5112 ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg, 5113 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5114 5115 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which 5116 /// creates a pack expansion. 5117 /// 5118 /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5119 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5120 /// 5121 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5122 TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5123 5124 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5125 /// expansion. 5126 TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern, 5127 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5128 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5129 5130 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5131 /// expansion. 5132 QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern, 5133 SourceRange PatternRange, 5134 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5135 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5136 5137 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5138 /// creates a pack expansion. 5139 /// 5140 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5141 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5142 /// 5143 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5144 ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5145 5146 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5147 /// creates a pack expansion. 5148 /// 5149 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5150 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5151 /// 5152 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5153 ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5154 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5155 5156 /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the 5157 /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly 5158 /// transforming the pattern. 5159 /// 5160 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the 5161 /// pack expansion. 5162 /// 5163 /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of 5164 /// the pack expansion. 5165 /// 5166 /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the 5167 /// pattern. 5168 /// 5169 /// \param NumUnexpanded The number of unexpanded parameter packs in 5170 /// \p Unexpanded. 5171 /// 5172 /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should 5173 /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When 5174 /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set. 5175 /// 5176 /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded 5177 /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used 5178 /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per 5179 /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9. 5180 /// 5181 /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in 5182 /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an 5183 /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the 5184 /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution) 5185 /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known. 5186 /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may 5187 /// set this value in other cases. 5188 /// 5189 /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs 5190 /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false 5191 /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions) 5192 /// must be set. 5193 bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5194 SourceRange PatternRange, 5195 llvm::ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded, 5196 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5197 bool &ShouldExpand, 5198 bool &RetainExpansion, 5199 llvm::Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions); 5200 5201 /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion 5202 /// type. 5203 /// 5204 /// This routine already assumes that the pack expansion type can be 5205 /// expanded and that the number of arguments in the expansion is 5206 /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern. 5207 unsigned getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T, 5208 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5209 5210 /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded 5211 /// parameter packs. 5212 /// 5213 /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators 5214 /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g., 5215 /// 5216 /// \code 5217 /// void f(T...); 5218 /// \endcode 5219 /// 5220 /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or 5221 /// a variadic function. 5222 /// 5223 /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs, 5224 /// false otherwise. 5225 bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D); 5226 5227 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5228 // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct]) 5229 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5230 5231 /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction. 5232 /// 5233 /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of 5234 /// template argument deduction, as returned from 5235 /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo 5236 /// structure provides additional information about the results of 5237 /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument 5238 /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or 5239 /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure. 5240 enum TemplateDeductionResult { 5241 /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful. 5242 TDK_Success = 0, 5243 /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template 5244 /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed). 5245 TDK_InstantiationDepth, 5246 /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value 5247 /// for every template parameter. 5248 TDK_Incomplete, 5249 /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent 5250 /// deduced values for the given template parameter. 5251 TDK_Inconsistent, 5252 /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent 5253 /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would 5254 /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T" 5255 /// but were given a non-const "X". 5256 TDK_Underqualified, 5257 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values 5258 /// resulted in an error. 5259 TDK_SubstitutionFailure, 5260 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values 5261 /// into a non-deduced context produced a type or value that 5262 /// produces a type that does not match the original template 5263 /// arguments provided. 5264 TDK_NonDeducedMismatch, 5265 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5266 /// template, there were too many call arguments. 5267 TDK_TooManyArguments, 5268 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5269 /// template, there were too few call arguments. 5270 TDK_TooFewArguments, 5271 /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid 5272 /// template arguments for the given template. 5273 TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments, 5274 /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could 5275 /// not be resolved to a suitable function. 5276 TDK_FailedOverloadResolution 5277 }; 5278 5279 TemplateDeductionResult 5280 DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, 5281 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5282 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5283 5284 TemplateDeductionResult 5285 SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5286 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5287 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5288 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 5289 QualType *FunctionType, 5290 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5291 5292 /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument 5293 // deduction for a call. 5294 struct OriginalCallArg { 5295 OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType, 5296 unsigned ArgIdx, 5297 QualType OriginalArgType) 5298 : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx), 5299 OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { } 5300 5301 QualType OriginalParamType; 5302 unsigned ArgIdx; 5303 QualType OriginalArgType; 5304 }; 5305 5306 TemplateDeductionResult 5307 FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5308 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5309 unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified, 5310 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5311 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5312 SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = 0); 5313 5314 TemplateDeductionResult 5315 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5316 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5317 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 5318 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5319 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5320 5321 TemplateDeductionResult 5322 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5323 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5324 QualType ArgFunctionType, 5325 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5326 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5327 5328 TemplateDeductionResult 5329 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5330 QualType ToType, 5331 CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization, 5332 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5333 5334 TemplateDeductionResult 5335 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5336 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5337 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5338 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5339 5340 /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType. 5341 enum DeduceAutoResult { 5342 DAR_Succeeded, 5343 DAR_Failed, 5344 DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed 5345 }; 5346 5347 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer, 5348 TypeSourceInfo *&Result); 5349 void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init); 5350 5351 FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1, 5352 FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2, 5353 SourceLocation Loc, 5354 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5355 unsigned NumCallArguments); 5356 UnresolvedSetIterator getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, 5357 UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd, 5358 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5359 unsigned NumCallArguments, 5360 SourceLocation Loc, 5361 const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag, 5362 const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag, 5363 const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag, 5364 bool Complain = true, 5365 QualType TargetType = QualType()); 5366 5367 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl * 5368 getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( 5369 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, 5370 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, 5371 SourceLocation Loc); 5372 5373 void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5374 bool OnlyDeduced, 5375 unsigned Depth, 5376 llvm::SmallBitVector &Used); 5377 void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5378 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) { 5379 return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced); 5380 } 5381 static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx, 5382 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5383 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced); 5384 5385 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5386 // C++ Template Instantiation 5387 // 5388 5389 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D, 5390 const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = 0, 5391 bool RelativeToPrimary = false, 5392 const FunctionDecl *Pattern = 0); 5393 5394 /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress. 5395 struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation { 5396 /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing 5397 enum InstantiationKind { 5398 /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is 5399 /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl). 5400 TemplateInstantiation, 5401 5402 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template 5403 /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and 5404 /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template 5405 /// arguments as specified. 5406 /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList 5407 DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation, 5408 5409 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function. 5410 /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs 5411 /// provides the template arguments as specified. 5412 DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation, 5413 5414 /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for 5415 /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5416 ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5417 5418 /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of 5419 /// template argument deduction for either a class template 5420 /// partial specialization or a function template. The 5421 /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or 5422 /// a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5423 DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5424 5425 /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new 5426 /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a 5427 /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl. 5428 PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5429 5430 /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that 5431 /// has been used when naming a template-id. 5432 DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking, 5433 5434 /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function 5435 /// template which was deferred until it was needed. 5436 ExceptionSpecInstantiation 5437 } Kind; 5438 5439 /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code. 5440 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation; 5441 5442 /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are 5443 /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template 5444 /// arguments. 5445 NamedDecl *Template; 5446 5447 /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated. 5448 uintptr_t Entity; 5449 5450 /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they 5451 /// are not part of the entity. 5452 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs; 5453 5454 /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs. 5455 unsigned NumTemplateArgs; 5456 5457 /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the 5458 /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments. 5459 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo; 5460 5461 /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause 5462 /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class 5463 /// template instantiation. 5464 SourceRange InstantiationRange; 5465 5466 ActiveTemplateInstantiation() 5467 : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(0), Entity(0), TemplateArgs(0), 5468 NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(0) {} 5469 5470 /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation 5471 /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth. 5472 bool isInstantiationRecord() const; 5473 5474 friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5475 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5476 if (X.Kind != Y.Kind) 5477 return false; 5478 5479 if (X.Entity != Y.Entity) 5480 return false; 5481 5482 switch (X.Kind) { 5483 case TemplateInstantiation: 5484 case ExceptionSpecInstantiation: 5485 return true; 5486 5487 case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5488 case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking: 5489 if (X.Template != Y.Template) 5490 return false; 5491 5492 // Fall through 5493 5494 case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation: 5495 case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5496 case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5497 case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation: 5498 return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs; 5499 5500 } 5501 5502 llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!"); 5503 } 5504 5505 friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5506 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5507 return !(X == Y); 5508 } 5509 }; 5510 5511 /// \brief List of active template instantiations. 5512 /// 5513 /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation 5514 /// requires another template instantiation, additional 5515 /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a 5516 /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth. 5517 SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16> 5518 ActiveTemplateInstantiations; 5519 5520 /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with 5521 /// template instantiation. 5522 /// 5523 /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside 5524 /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction. 5525 bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5526 5527 /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in 5528 /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and, 5529 /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth. 5530 unsigned NonInstantiationEntries; 5531 5532 /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation 5533 /// error or warning was produced. 5534 /// 5535 /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template 5536 /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the 5537 /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough 5538 /// to implement it anywhere else. 5539 ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext; 5540 5541 /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be 5542 /// used for substitution of parameter packs. 5543 /// 5544 /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs 5545 /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies 5546 /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution. 5547 int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex; 5548 5549 /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index 5550 /// within a \c Sema object. 5551 /// 5552 /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information. 5553 class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII { 5554 Sema &Self; 5555 int OldSubstitutionIndex; 5556 5557 public: 5558 ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex) 5559 : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) { 5560 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex; 5561 } 5562 5563 ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() { 5564 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex; 5565 } 5566 }; 5567 5568 friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII; 5569 5570 /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation. 5571 /// 5572 /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved 5573 /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints. 5574 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation; 5575 5576 /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the 5577 /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument 5578 /// deduction. 5579 /// 5580 /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file. 5581 llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> > 5582 SuppressedDiagnostics; 5583 5584 /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template 5585 /// instantiation. 5586 /// 5587 /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate 5588 /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active 5589 /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum 5590 /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction 5591 /// produces an error and evaluates true. 5592 /// 5593 /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off 5594 /// the stack. 5595 struct InstantiatingTemplate { 5596 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template, 5597 /// function template, or a member thereof. 5598 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5599 Decl *Entity, 5600 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5601 5602 struct ExceptionSpecification {}; 5603 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification 5604 /// of a function template. 5605 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5606 FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification, 5607 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5608 5609 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5610 /// template-id. 5611 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5612 TemplateDecl *Template, 5613 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs, 5614 unsigned NumTemplateArgs, 5615 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5616 5617 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5618 /// template-id. 5619 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5620 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5621 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs, 5622 unsigned NumTemplateArgs, 5623 ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind, 5624 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5625 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5626 5627 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template 5628 /// argument deduction for a class template partial 5629 /// specialization. 5630 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5631 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, 5632 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs, 5633 unsigned NumTemplateArgs, 5634 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5635 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5636 5637 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5638 ParmVarDecl *Param, 5639 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs, 5640 unsigned NumTemplateArgs, 5641 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5642 5643 /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a 5644 /// non-type or template template parameter. 5645 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5646 NamedDecl *Template, 5647 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5648 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs, 5649 unsigned NumTemplateArgs, 5650 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5651 5652 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5653 NamedDecl *Template, 5654 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5655 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs, 5656 unsigned NumTemplateArgs, 5657 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5658 5659 /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument 5660 /// against the template parameter for a given template-id. 5661 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5662 TemplateDecl *Template, 5663 NamedDecl *Param, 5664 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs, 5665 unsigned NumTemplateArgs, 5666 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5667 5668 5669 /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template. 5670 void Clear(); 5671 5672 ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); } 5673 5674 /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum 5675 /// recursive template instantiations. 5676 operator bool() const { return Invalid; } 5677 5678 private: 5679 Sema &SemaRef; 5680 bool Invalid; 5681 bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5682 bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5683 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5684 5685 InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&); // not implemented 5686 5687 InstantiatingTemplate& 5688 operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&); // not implemented 5689 }; 5690 5691 void PrintInstantiationStack(); 5692 5693 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where 5694 /// template argument substitution failures are not considered 5695 /// errors. 5696 /// 5697 /// \returns An empty \c llvm::Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context. 5698 /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest 5699 /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture 5700 /// diagnostics that will be suppressed. 5701 llvm::Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const; 5702 5703 /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has 5704 /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument 5705 /// deduction.` 5706 class SFINAETrap { 5707 Sema &SemaRef; 5708 unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors; 5709 bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5710 bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 5711 5712 public: 5713 explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false) 5714 : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors), 5715 PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext( 5716 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext), 5717 PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE) 5718 { 5719 if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext()) 5720 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true; 5721 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE; 5722 } 5723 5724 ~SFINAETrap() { 5725 SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors; 5726 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext 5727 = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5728 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 5729 } 5730 5731 /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped. 5732 bool hasErrorOccurred() const { 5733 return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors; 5734 } 5735 }; 5736 5737 /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local 5738 /// variables. 5739 LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope; 5740 5741 /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo. 5742 unsigned TyposCorrected; 5743 5744 typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection> 5745 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap; 5746 5747 /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified 5748 /// name lookup. 5749 /// 5750 /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if 5751 /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the 5752 /// string represents a keyword. 5753 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected; 5754 5755 /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings. 5756 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings; 5757 5758 /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required. 5759 /// 5760 /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in 5761 /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily 5762 /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the 5763 /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation), 5764 /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to, 5765 /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation. 5766 typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation; 5767 5768 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 5769 /// but have not yet been performed. 5770 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations; 5771 5772 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 5773 /// and must be performed within the current local scope. 5774 /// 5775 /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in 5776 /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their 5777 /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local 5778 /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc. 5779 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations; 5780 5781 void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false); 5782 5783 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5784 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5785 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 5786 5787 QualType SubstType(QualType T, 5788 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5789 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 5790 5791 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL, 5792 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5793 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 5794 5795 TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5796 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5797 SourceLocation Loc, 5798 DeclarationName Entity, 5799 CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext, 5800 unsigned ThisTypeQuals); 5801 ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D, 5802 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5803 int indexAdjustment, 5804 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions, 5805 bool ExpectParameterPack); 5806 bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc, 5807 ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 5808 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5809 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 5810 SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = 0); 5811 ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E, 5812 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5813 5814 /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of 5815 /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required. 5816 /// 5817 /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into. 5818 /// 5819 /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs. 5820 /// 5821 /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case 5822 /// default arguments will be dropped. 5823 /// 5824 /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute. 5825 /// 5826 /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments. 5827 /// 5828 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5829 bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall, 5830 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5831 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs); 5832 5833 StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S, 5834 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5835 5836 Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner, 5837 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5838 5839 ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E, 5840 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5841 bool CXXDirectInit); 5842 5843 bool 5844 SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 5845 CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 5846 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5847 5848 bool 5849 InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5850 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 5851 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5852 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 5853 bool Complain = true); 5854 5855 bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5856 EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern, 5857 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5858 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 5859 5860 struct LateInstantiatedAttribute { 5861 const Attr *TmplAttr; 5862 LocalInstantiationScope *Scope; 5863 Decl *NewDecl; 5864 5865 LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S, 5866 Decl *D) 5867 : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D) 5868 { } 5869 }; 5870 typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec; 5871 5872 void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5873 const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst, 5874 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0, 5875 LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = 0); 5876 5877 bool 5878 InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5879 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 5880 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 5881 bool Complain = true); 5882 5883 void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5884 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 5885 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5886 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 5887 5888 void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers( 5889 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5890 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 5891 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 5892 5893 NestedNameSpecifierLoc 5894 SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, 5895 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5896 5897 DeclarationNameInfo 5898 SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5899 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5900 TemplateName 5901 SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name, 5902 SourceLocation Loc, 5903 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5904 bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs, 5905 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result, 5906 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5907 5908 void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5909 FunctionDecl *Function); 5910 void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5911 FunctionDecl *Function, 5912 bool Recursive = false, 5913 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 5914 void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition( 5915 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5916 VarDecl *Var, 5917 bool Recursive = false, 5918 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 5919 5920 void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New, 5921 const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl, 5922 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5923 5924 NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D, 5925 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5926 DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC, 5927 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5928 5929 // Objective-C declarations. 5930 enum ObjCContainerKind { 5931 OCK_None = -1, 5932 OCK_Interface = 0, 5933 OCK_Protocol, 5934 OCK_Category, 5935 OCK_ClassExtension, 5936 OCK_Implementation, 5937 OCK_CategoryImplementation 5938 }; 5939 ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const; 5940 5941 Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 5942 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 5943 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 5944 IdentifierInfo *SuperName, 5945 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 5946 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 5947 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 5948 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 5949 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 5950 AttributeList *AttrList); 5951 5952 Decl *ActOnCompatiblityAlias( 5953 SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc, 5954 IdentifierInfo *AliasName, SourceLocation AliasLocation, 5955 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation); 5956 5957 bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency( 5958 IdentifierInfo *PName, 5959 SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc, 5960 const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList); 5961 5962 Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface( 5963 SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc, 5964 IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, 5965 Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs, 5966 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 5967 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 5968 AttributeList *AttrList); 5969 5970 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 5971 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 5972 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 5973 IdentifierInfo *CategoryName, 5974 SourceLocation CategoryLoc, 5975 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 5976 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 5977 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 5978 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc); 5979 5980 Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation( 5981 SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc, 5982 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc, 5983 IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname, 5984 SourceLocation SuperClassLoc); 5985 5986 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc, 5987 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 5988 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 5989 IdentifierInfo *CatName, 5990 SourceLocation CatLoc); 5991 5992 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 5993 ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls); 5994 5995 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc, 5996 IdentifierInfo **IdentList, 5997 SourceLocation *IdentLocs, 5998 unsigned NumElts); 5999 6000 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc, 6001 const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList, 6002 unsigned NumElts, 6003 AttributeList *attrList); 6004 6005 void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, 6006 const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId, 6007 unsigned NumProtocols, 6008 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols); 6009 6010 /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type. 6011 /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will 6012 /// be modified to be consistent with \arg PropertyTy. 6013 void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy, 6014 SourceLocation Loc, 6015 unsigned &Attributes); 6016 6017 /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the 6018 /// setters and getters as needed. 6019 /// \param property The property declaration being processed 6020 /// \param DC The semantic container for the property 6021 /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared 6022 /// in class extension. 6023 /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty. 6024 void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property, 6025 ObjCContainerDecl *DC, 6026 ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = 0, 6027 ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = 0); 6028 6029 void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property, 6030 ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty, 6031 const IdentifierInfo *Name); 6032 void ComparePropertiesInBaseAndSuper(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 6033 6034 6035 void CompareProperties(Decl *CDecl, Decl *MergeProtocols); 6036 6037 void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT, 6038 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID); 6039 6040 void MatchOneProtocolPropertiesInClass(Decl *CDecl, 6041 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl); 6042 6043 Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd, 6044 Decl **allMethods = 0, unsigned allNum = 0, 6045 Decl **allProperties = 0, unsigned pNum = 0, 6046 DeclGroupPtrTy *allTUVars = 0, unsigned tuvNum = 0); 6047 6048 Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc, 6049 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6050 FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS, 6051 Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel, 6052 bool *OverridingProperty, 6053 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6054 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 6055 6056 Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S, 6057 SourceLocation AtLoc, 6058 SourceLocation PropertyLoc, 6059 bool ImplKind, 6060 IdentifierInfo *PropertyId, 6061 IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar, 6062 SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc); 6063 6064 enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind { 6065 OSMK_None, 6066 OSMK_Alloc, 6067 OSMK_New, 6068 OSMK_Copy, 6069 OSMK_RetainingInit, 6070 OSMK_NonRetainingInit 6071 }; 6072 6073 struct ObjCArgInfo { 6074 IdentifierInfo *Name; 6075 SourceLocation NameLoc; 6076 // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid 6077 // in this case. 6078 ParsedType Type; 6079 ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec; 6080 6081 /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument. 6082 AttributeList *ArgAttrs; 6083 }; 6084 6085 Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration( 6086 Scope *S, 6087 SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -. 6088 SourceLocation EndLoc, // location of the ; or {. 6089 tok::TokenKind MethodType, 6090 ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType, 6091 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel, 6092 // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained 6093 // from the Sel.getNumArgs(). 6094 ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo, 6095 DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args 6096 AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6097 bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition); 6098 6099 // Helper method for ActOnClassMethod/ActOnInstanceMethod. 6100 // Will search "local" class/category implementations for a method decl. 6101 // Will also search in class's root looking for instance method. 6102 // Returns 0 if no method is found. 6103 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupPrivateClassMethod(Selector Sel, 6104 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CDecl); 6105 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupPrivateInstanceMethod(Selector Sel, 6106 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDecl); 6107 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel, 6108 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6109 bool IsInstance); 6110 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty, 6111 bool IsInstance); 6112 6113 bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl); 6114 6115 ExprResult 6116 HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6117 Expr *BaseExpr, 6118 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6119 DeclarationName MemberName, 6120 SourceLocation MemberLoc, 6121 SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType, 6122 bool Super); 6123 6124 ExprResult 6125 ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName, 6126 IdentifierInfo &propertyName, 6127 SourceLocation receiverNameLoc, 6128 SourceLocation propertyNameLoc); 6129 6130 ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc); 6131 6132 /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message 6133 /// send that starts with an identifier. 6134 enum ObjCMessageKind { 6135 /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'. 6136 ObjCSuperMessage, 6137 /// \brief The message is an instance message. 6138 ObjCInstanceMessage, 6139 /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type 6140 /// name. 6141 ObjCClassMessage 6142 }; 6143 6144 ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S, 6145 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6146 SourceLocation NameLoc, 6147 bool IsSuper, 6148 bool HasTrailingDot, 6149 ParsedType &ReceiverType); 6150 6151 ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6152 Selector Sel, 6153 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6154 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6155 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6156 MultiExprArg Args); 6157 6158 ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo, 6159 QualType ReceiverType, 6160 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6161 Selector Sel, 6162 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6163 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6164 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6165 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6166 MultiExprArg Args, 6167 bool isImplicit = false); 6168 6169 ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType, 6170 bool isSuperReceiver, 6171 SourceLocation Loc, 6172 Selector Sel, 6173 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6174 MultiExprArg Args); 6175 6176 ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S, 6177 ParsedType Receiver, 6178 Selector Sel, 6179 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6180 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6181 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6182 MultiExprArg Args); 6183 6184 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver, 6185 QualType ReceiverType, 6186 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6187 Selector Sel, 6188 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6189 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6190 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6191 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6192 MultiExprArg Args, 6193 bool isImplicit = false); 6194 6195 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver, 6196 QualType ReceiverType, 6197 SourceLocation Loc, 6198 Selector Sel, 6199 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6200 MultiExprArg Args); 6201 6202 ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S, 6203 Expr *Receiver, 6204 Selector Sel, 6205 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6206 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6207 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6208 MultiExprArg Args); 6209 6210 ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6211 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6212 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6213 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 6214 Expr *SubExpr); 6215 6216 ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S, 6217 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6218 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6219 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6220 ParsedType Type, 6221 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 6222 Expr *SubExpr); 6223 6224 bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall); 6225 6226 /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the 6227 /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited. 6228 void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod, 6229 const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, 6230 bool IsImplementation); 6231 6232 /// \brief Check whether the given method overrides any methods in its class, 6233 /// calling \c CheckObjCMethodOverride for each overridden method. 6234 bool CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod, DeclContext *DC); 6235 6236 enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind { 6237 POAK_Native, // #pragma options align=native 6238 POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural 6239 POAK_Packed, // #pragma options align=packed 6240 POAK_Power, // #pragma options align=power 6241 POAK_Mac68k, // #pragma options align=mac68k 6242 POAK_Reset // #pragma options align=reset 6243 }; 6244 6245 /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed #pragma options align. 6246 void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind, 6247 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6248 SourceLocation KindLoc); 6249 6250 enum PragmaPackKind { 6251 PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n]) 6252 PPK_Show, // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC. 6253 PPK_Push, // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n]) 6254 PPK_Pop // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n]) 6255 }; 6256 6257 enum PragmaMSStructKind { 6258 PMSST_OFF, // #pragms ms_struct off 6259 PMSST_ON // #pragms ms_struct on 6260 }; 6261 6262 /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed #pragma pack(...). 6263 void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind, 6264 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6265 Expr *Alignment, 6266 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6267 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6268 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6269 6270 /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed #pragms ms_struct [on|off]. 6271 void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind); 6272 6273 /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '#pragma unused'. 6274 void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier, 6275 Scope *curScope, 6276 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6277 6278 /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed #pragma GCC visibility... . 6279 void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType, 6280 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6281 6282 NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II, 6283 SourceLocation Loc); 6284 void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W); 6285 6286 /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed #pragma weak ident. 6287 void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6288 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6289 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc); 6290 6291 /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed 6292 /// #pragma redefine_extname oldname newname. 6293 void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6294 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6295 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6296 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6297 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6298 6299 /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed #pragma weak ident = ident. 6300 void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6301 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6302 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6303 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6304 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6305 6306 /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed 6307 /// #pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT 6308 void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS); 6309 6310 /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to 6311 /// a the record decl, to handle '#pragma pack' and '#pragma options align'. 6312 void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6313 6314 /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record. 6315 void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6316 6317 /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext. 6318 void FreePackedContext(); 6319 6320 /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a 6321 /// namespace with a visibility attribute. 6322 void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr, 6323 SourceLocation Loc); 6324 6325 /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '#pragma GCC visibility' was used, 6326 /// add an appropriate visibility attribute. 6327 void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD); 6328 6329 /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used 6330 /// for '#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces. 6331 void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc); 6332 6333 /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext. 6334 void FreeVisContext(); 6335 6336 /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within 6337 /// '#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding 6338 /// the appropriate attribute. 6339 void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D); 6340 6341 /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration. 6342 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E); 6343 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T); 6344 6345 /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed. 6346 enum CheckedConversionKind { 6347 /// \brief An implicit conversion. 6348 CCK_ImplicitConversion, 6349 /// \brief A C-style cast. 6350 CCK_CStyleCast, 6351 /// \brief A functional-style cast. 6352 CCK_FunctionalCast, 6353 /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast. 6354 CCK_OtherCast 6355 }; 6356 6357 /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit 6358 /// cast. If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one. 6359 /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue. 6360 ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK, 6361 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue, 6362 const CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 6363 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6364 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6365 6366 /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding 6367 /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type. 6368 static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy); 6369 6370 /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is 6371 /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are 6372 /// required. 6373 ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E); 6374 6375 // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts 6376 // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6377 ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E); 6378 6379 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays 6380 // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6381 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E); 6382 6383 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and 6384 // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the 6385 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. 6386 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6387 6388 // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on 6389 // the operand. This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, 6390 // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array 6391 // type. 6392 ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6393 6394 // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that 6395 // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each 6396 // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double. 6397 ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E); 6398 6399 // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion 6400 enum VariadicCallType { 6401 VariadicFunction, 6402 VariadicBlock, 6403 VariadicMethod, 6404 VariadicConstructor, 6405 VariadicDoesNotApply 6406 }; 6407 6408 /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various 6409 /// form of call prototypes. 6410 bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, 6411 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6412 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6413 unsigned FirstProtoArg, 6414 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 6415 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs, 6416 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply, 6417 bool AllowExplicit = false); 6418 6419 // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but 6420 // will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type. 6421 ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT, 6422 FunctionDecl *FDecl); 6423 6424 // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's 6425 // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary 6426 // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this 6427 // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is 6428 // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics. 6429 QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6430 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6431 6432 /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this 6433 /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed. These checks are 6434 /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from 6435 /// function, argument passing, etc. The query is phrased in terms of a 6436 /// source and destination type. 6437 enum AssignConvertType { 6438 /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard. 6439 Compatible, 6440 6441 /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we 6442 /// accept as an extension. 6443 PointerToInt, 6444 6445 /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we 6446 /// accept as an extension. 6447 IntToPointer, 6448 6449 /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and 6450 /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension. 6451 FunctionVoidPointer, 6452 6453 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that 6454 /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension. 6455 IncompatiblePointer, 6456 6457 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which 6458 /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise 6459 /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by 6460 /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers. 6461 IncompatiblePointerSign, 6462 6463 /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards 6464 /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension. 6465 CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6466 6467 /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment 6468 /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded, 6469 /// like address spaces. 6470 IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6471 6472 /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two 6473 /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two 6474 /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an 6475 /// extension. 6476 IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers, 6477 6478 /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that 6479 /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension. 6480 IncompatibleVectors, 6481 6482 /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block 6483 /// pointer. We disallow this. 6484 IntToBlockPointer, 6485 6486 /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block 6487 /// pointers types that are not compatible. 6488 IncompatibleBlockPointer, 6489 6490 /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified 6491 /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example, 6492 /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol. 6493 IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId, 6494 6495 /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an 6496 /// object with __weak qualifier. 6497 IncompatibleObjCWeakRef, 6498 6499 /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to 6500 /// represent it in the AST. 6501 Incompatible 6502 }; 6503 6504 /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the 6505 /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy. This returns true if the 6506 /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted. 6507 bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy, 6508 SourceLocation Loc, 6509 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 6510 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action, 6511 bool *Complained = 0); 6512 6513 /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment, 6514 /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values. 6515 /// C99 6.5.16. 6516 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc, 6517 QualType LHSType, 6518 QualType RHSType); 6519 6520 /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the 6521 /// RHS to the LHS type. 6522 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6523 ExprResult &RHS, 6524 CastKind &Kind); 6525 6526 // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by 6527 // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking, 6528 // this routine performs the default function/array converions. 6529 AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6530 ExprResult &RHS, 6531 bool Diagnose = true); 6532 6533 // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we 6534 // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression. 6535 AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, 6536 ExprResult &RHS); 6537 6538 bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6539 6540 bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6541 6542 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6543 AssignmentAction Action, 6544 bool AllowExplicit = false); 6545 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6546 AssignmentAction Action, 6547 bool AllowExplicit, 6548 ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS); 6549 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6550 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS, 6551 AssignmentAction Action, 6552 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6553 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6554 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6555 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, 6556 AssignmentAction Action, 6557 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 6558 6559 /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType 6560 /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued). 6561 6562 /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp). 6563 QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, 6564 ExprResult &RHS); 6565 QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5 6566 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, 6567 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect); 6568 QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6569 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, 6570 bool IsDivide); 6571 QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6572 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6573 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6574 QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6575 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6576 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6577 QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6578 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6579 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6580 QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7 6581 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6582 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6583 QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9 6584 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc, 6585 bool isRelational); 6586 QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12] 6587 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6588 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6589 QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14] 6590 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc); 6591 // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment. 6592 // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type. 6593 // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type. 6594 QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2] 6595 Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType); 6596 6597 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6598 UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op); 6599 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6600 BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, 6601 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 6602 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E); 6603 Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E); 6604 6605 QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15 6606 ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6607 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6608 QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16 6609 ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs, 6610 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc); 6611 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, 6612 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0); 6613 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, 6614 ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2, 6615 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0) { 6616 Expr *E1Tmp = E1.take(), *E2Tmp = E2.take(); 6617 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp, 6618 NonStandardCompositeType); 6619 E1 = Owned(E1Tmp); 6620 E2 = Owned(E2Tmp); 6621 return Composite; 6622 } 6623 6624 QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6625 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6626 6627 bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, 6628 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6629 6630 /// type checking for vector binary operators. 6631 QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6632 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign); 6633 QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V); 6634 QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6635 SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational); 6636 QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6637 SourceLocation Loc); 6638 6639 /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8) 6640 bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t); 6641 6642 // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]). 6643 6644 /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two 6645 /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the 6646 /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4). 6647 enum ReferenceCompareResult { 6648 /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct 6649 /// reference binding is not possible. 6650 Ref_Incompatible = 0, 6651 /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means 6652 /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same 6653 /// or T1 is a base class of T2. 6654 Ref_Related, 6655 /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are 6656 /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that 6657 /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1) 6658 /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2). 6659 Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification, 6660 /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and 6661 /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2). 6662 Ref_Compatible 6663 }; 6664 6665 ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc, 6666 QualType T1, QualType T2, 6667 bool &DerivedToBase, 6668 bool &ObjCConversion, 6669 bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 6670 6671 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType, 6672 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind, 6673 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path); 6674 6675 /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the 6676 /// given type. 6677 ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType); 6678 6679 // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors. 6680 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 6681 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size. 6682 // returns true if the cast is invalid 6683 bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty, 6684 CastKind &Kind); 6685 6686 // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors. 6687 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 6688 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size, 6689 // or vectors and the element type of that vector. 6690 // returns the cast expr 6691 ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr, 6692 CastKind &Kind); 6693 6694 ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6695 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6696 Expr *CastExpr, 6697 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6698 6699 enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged }; 6700 6701 /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between 6702 /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds. 6703 ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange, 6704 QualType castType, Expr *&op, 6705 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 6706 6707 Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 6708 void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 6709 6710 bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType, 6711 QualType ExprType); 6712 6713 /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send 6714 /// might create an obvious retain cycle. 6715 void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg); 6716 void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument); 6717 6718 /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 6719 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type. 6720 bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS); 6721 6722 /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 6723 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression. 6724 void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 6725 6726 /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send. 6727 /// \param Method - May be null. 6728 /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send. 6729 /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types. 6730 bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType, 6731 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, Selector Sel, 6732 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage, 6733 bool isSuperMessage, 6734 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac, 6735 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK); 6736 6737 /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on 6738 /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message, 6739 /// and the form of the message send. 6740 QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType, 6741 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6742 bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage); 6743 6744 /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method 6745 /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened. 6746 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E); 6747 6748 /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of 6749 /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if 6750 /// statement). Also performs the standard function and array 6751 /// decays, possibly changing the input variable. 6752 /// 6753 /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the 6754 /// 'if' keyword. 6755 /// \return true iff there were any errors 6756 ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 6757 6758 ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 6759 Expr *SubExpr); 6760 6761 /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is 6762 /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment. 6763 void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E); 6764 6765 /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate 6766 /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition. 6767 void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE); 6768 6769 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid. 6770 ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr); 6771 6772 /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have 6773 /// the specified width and sign. If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit 6774 /// the specified diagnostic. 6775 void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal, 6776 unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign, 6777 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); 6778 6779 /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope. 6780 /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared 6781 /// in the global scope. 6782 bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D); 6783 6784 /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant 6785 /// expression violations. 6786 class VerifyICEDiagnoser { 6787 public: 6788 bool Suppress; 6789 6790 VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { } 6791 6792 virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0; 6793 virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR); 6794 virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { } 6795 }; 6796 6797 /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE, 6798 /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success. 6799 /// Can optionally return the value of the expression. 6800 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 6801 VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 6802 bool AllowFold = true); 6803 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 6804 unsigned DiagID, 6805 bool AllowFold = true); 6806 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result=0); 6807 6808 /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has 6809 /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid. 6810 /// Returns false on success. 6811 /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0 6812 ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 6813 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth, 6814 bool *ZeroWidth = 0); 6815 6816 enum CUDAFunctionTarget { 6817 CFT_Device, 6818 CFT_Global, 6819 CFT_Host, 6820 CFT_HostDevice 6821 }; 6822 6823 CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D); 6824 6825 bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget, 6826 CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget); 6827 6828 bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) { 6829 return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller), 6830 IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee)); 6831 } 6832 6833 /// \name Code completion 6834 //@{ 6835 /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs. 6836 enum ParserCompletionContext { 6837 /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context. 6838 PCC_Namespace, 6839 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union. 6840 PCC_Class, 6841 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol, 6842 /// or category. 6843 PCC_ObjCInterface, 6844 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or 6845 /// category implementation 6846 PCC_ObjCImplementation, 6847 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables 6848 /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation. 6849 PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList, 6850 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 6851 /// headers. 6852 PCC_Template, 6853 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 6854 /// headers within a class. 6855 PCC_MemberTemplate, 6856 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression. 6857 PCC_Expression, 6858 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may 6859 /// also be an expression or a declaration. 6860 PCC_Statement, 6861 /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the 6862 /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop. 6863 PCC_ForInit, 6864 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if, 6865 /// while, switch, or for statement. 6866 PCC_Condition, 6867 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a 6868 /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position 6869 /// in the grammar. 6870 PCC_RecoveryInFunction, 6871 /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted. 6872 PCC_Type, 6873 /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which 6874 /// might also be a type cast. 6875 PCC_ParenthesizedExpression, 6876 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration 6877 /// specifiers within a function, method, or block. 6878 PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers 6879 }; 6880 6881 void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path); 6882 void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S, 6883 ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext); 6884 void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 6885 bool AllowNonIdentifiers, 6886 bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers); 6887 6888 struct CodeCompleteExpressionData; 6889 void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, 6890 const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data); 6891 void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 6892 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6893 bool IsArrow); 6894 void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS); 6895 void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec); 6896 void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS); 6897 void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S); 6898 void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); 6899 void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D); 6900 void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S); 6901 void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S); 6902 void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS); 6903 6904 void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 6905 bool EnteringContext); 6906 void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S); 6907 void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S); 6908 void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S); 6909 void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S); 6910 void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S); 6911 void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(Decl *Constructor, 6912 CXXCtorInitializer** Initializers, 6913 unsigned NumInitializers); 6914 void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 6915 bool AfterAmpersand); 6916 6917 void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S); 6918 void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S); 6919 void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S); 6920 void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S); 6921 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS); 6922 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S); 6923 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S); 6924 void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS, 6925 bool IsParameter); 6926 void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S); 6927 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6928 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 6929 unsigned NumSelIdents, 6930 bool AtArgumentExpression); 6931 void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver, 6932 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 6933 unsigned NumSelIdents, 6934 bool AtArgumentExpression, 6935 bool IsSuper = false); 6936 void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver, 6937 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 6938 unsigned NumSelIdents, 6939 bool AtArgumentExpression, 6940 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = 0); 6941 void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S, 6942 DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar); 6943 void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S, 6944 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 6945 unsigned NumSelIdents); 6946 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols, 6947 unsigned NumProtocols); 6948 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S); 6949 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S); 6950 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S, 6951 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6952 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 6953 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S); 6954 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S, 6955 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6956 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 6957 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S, 6958 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6959 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 6960 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S); 6961 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S, 6962 IdentifierInfo *PropertyName); 6963 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S, 6964 bool IsInstanceMethod, 6965 ParsedType ReturnType); 6966 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S, 6967 bool IsInstanceMethod, 6968 bool AtParameterName, 6969 ParsedType ReturnType, 6970 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 6971 unsigned NumSelIdents); 6972 void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional); 6973 void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S); 6974 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition); 6975 void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression(); 6976 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S, 6977 IdentifierInfo *Macro, 6978 MacroInfo *MacroInfo, 6979 unsigned Argument); 6980 void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage(); 6981 void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, 6982 CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, 6983 SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results); 6984 //@} 6985 6986 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6987 // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system 6988 6989public: 6990 SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL, 6991 unsigned ByteNo) const; 6992 6993private: 6994 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr, 6995 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=0, 6996 bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false); 6997 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E); 6998 bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall); 6999 bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc, 7000 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs); 7001 bool CheckBlockCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall); 7002 7003 bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg); 7004 7005 ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7006 bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7007 7008 bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall); 7009 bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall); 7010 bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs); 7011 7012public: 7013 // Used by C++ template instantiation. 7014 ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall); 7015 7016private: 7017 bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall); 7018 bool SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall); 7019 bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall); 7020 ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult); 7021 ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, 7022 AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op); 7023 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, 7024 llvm::APSInt &Result); 7025 7026 enum FormatStringType { 7027 FST_Scanf, 7028 FST_Printf, 7029 FST_NSString, 7030 FST_Strftime, 7031 FST_Strfmon, 7032 FST_Kprintf, 7033 FST_Unknown 7034 }; 7035 static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format); 7036 bool SemaCheckStringLiteral(const Expr *E, Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 7037 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, 7038 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, 7039 bool inFunctionCall = true); 7040 7041 void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr, 7042 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, bool HasVAListArg, 7043 unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg, 7044 FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall); 7045 7046 void CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, CallExpr *TheCall); 7047 void CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, Expr **Args, 7048 unsigned NumArgs, bool IsCXXMember, 7049 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range); 7050 void CheckFormatArguments(Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 7051 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, 7052 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, 7053 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range); 7054 7055 void CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull, 7056 const Expr * const *ExprArgs, 7057 SourceLocation CallSiteLoc); 7058 7059 void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7060 unsigned BId, 7061 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7062 7063 void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7064 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7065 7066 void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7067 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7068 7069 void CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType, 7070 SourceLocation ReturnLoc); 7071 void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS); 7072 void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation()); 7073 7074 void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field, 7075 Expr *Init); 7076 7077 /// \brief The parser's current scope. 7078 /// 7079 /// The parser maintains this state here. 7080 Scope *CurScope; 7081 7082protected: 7083 friend class Parser; 7084 friend class InitializationSequence; 7085 friend class ASTReader; 7086 friend class ASTWriter; 7087 7088public: 7089 /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope. 7090 /// 7091 /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis 7092 /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case 7093 /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation. 7094 /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser 7095 /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from 7096 /// template substitution or instantiation. 7097 Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; } 7098 7099 Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const; 7100 7101 DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const { 7102 return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext; 7103 } 7104 7105 AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const; 7106}; 7107 7108/// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context. 7109class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext { 7110 Sema &Actions; 7111 7112public: 7113 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7114 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7115 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 7116 bool IsDecltype = false) 7117 : Actions(Actions) { 7118 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl, 7119 IsDecltype); 7120 } 7121 7122 ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() { 7123 Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 7124 } 7125}; 7126 7127} // end namespace clang 7128 7129#endif 7130